BOSTON TECHNOLOGY INC
10-K, 1996-04-26
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: IDS LIFE VARIABLE LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, 485BPOS, 1996-04-26
Next: FEDERATED US GOVERNMENT BOND FUND, N-30D, 1996-04-26



<PAGE>
PART I.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Background

Boston Technology, Inc. (the "Company" or "Boston Technology") develops, 
manufactures, markets and supports platforms (hardware and software) and 
applications (software) that provide enhanced voice, facsimile, and 
information processing services with multimedia capabilities (collectively, 
"enhanced services").  The Company's products are designed for use in 
wireline, cable wireline, and wireless networks, operating with existing 
network database and switching equipment and delivering services accessible 
through commonly available telephones, handsets, fax machines, pagers, and 
personal computers.  The Company sells its products to network operators, 
enabling these providers to sell enhanced services to residential, 
business, and wireless users.  Boston Technology's principal enhanced 
services platforms are its Access NP (TRADEMARK) and CO ACCESS (REGISTERED 
TRADEMARK) Network Services Platforms.  Boston Technology's principal 
applications include voice messaging, fax processing, and paging.  Each of 
these applications allow users to improve their communications through 
recording, storage, access, and distribution of messages or information.  
Boston Technology's AccessMAX (TRADEMARK) Application Software Environment 
is an object-oriented software environment designed to facilitate development 
of applications for its Access NP and CO ACCESS Network Services Platforms, 
allowing network operators to create and adapt their service offerings to 
meet changing market needs and bring new services to market. 

The Company's executive offices are located at 100 Quannapowitt Parkway, 
Wakefield, Massachusetts  01880; its telephone number is (617) 246-9000.  A 
predecessor of the Company was incorporated on April 7, 1986.  On January 
31, 1987, the Company was merged into its predecessor.  On November 1, 
1989, the Company was reincorporated in Delaware.

Market

The Company's principal market is telecommunications network operators.  
This market includes the international network operators, Regional Bell 
Operating Companies ("RBOCs"), wireless operators, cable companies, 
independent telephone companies, competitive access providers ("CAPS"), and 
interexchange (long distance) carriers, as well as Post Telegraph & 
Telephone ("PTT") organizations.  The wireless operators include companies 
deploying cellular and personal communication services ("PCS").  

The network operators purchase, install and maintain the Company's 
platforms in or near their central switching offices, exchanges or wireless 
switching centers, and offer enhanced services through their networks to 
their residential, business, wireless and cable customers.  For a monthly 
flat rate and/or usage-based charges, these customers receive access to a 
variety of enhanced services, through the operators' network, without 
having to assume the capital, administrative or maintenance requirements of 
purchasing their own enhanced services systems. 

Network operators typically serve large populations of customers, requiring 
large-capacity equipment that can support enhanced services deployed on a 
mass scale with the corresponding high volume of usage.  The capacity needs 
of a network operator will vary with the number of customers served.  In 
addition, network operators have established an extremely high standard of 
service reliability and availability, with stringent engineering 
requirements for equipment intended for use within the telephone company 
central office switching environment.

Customer Base
	North America

North American revenues decreased from $59,404,000 in fiscal 1995 to 
$42,480,000 in fiscal 1996, representing a decrease of 28%.  Sales to Bell 
Atlantic accounted for 13%, 48% and 44% of the Company's revenues during 
fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  Sales to SBC Communications 
accounted for 11% and 14% of the Company's revenues during fiscal 1996 and 
1994, respectively.  Sales to Southwestern Bell for fiscal year 1995 were 
less than 10% of the Company's revenues.  Sales to BellSouth accounted for 
16% of the Company's revenues during fiscal 1994, but were less than 10% of 
the Company's revenues in fiscal 1995 and 1996.  

Boston Technology has agreements with a variety of RBOCs, cable companies, 
local exchange providers, service bureaus, and universities to purchase the 
Company's platforms and applications software.  RBOC customers include 

                            				-1-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Ameritech, Bell Atlantic, BellSouth and SBC Communications, which use the 
Company's platforms to offer enhanced services to residential, business and 
wireless subscribers in selected areas.  During the fiscal year ended 
January 31, 1996, the Company entered into agreements with AT&T Wireless 
Services, formerly McCaw Communications, the largest wireless operator in 
the United States;  AT&T, the largest long distance provider in the world; 
Telefonos de Mexico ("TELMEX"), the largest telephone company in Mexico;  
and Time Warner, Boston Technology's first cable customer.

	International 

International revenues increased from  $29,652,000 in fiscal year 1995 to 
$62,787,000 in fiscal year 1996, representing an increase of 112%.  In 
fiscal 1995 and 1994, sales to customers outside of North America accounted 
for approximately 33% and 20%, respectively, of the Company's revenues.  In 
fiscal 1996, International revenue was 60% of total revenues, with NTT 
DoCoMo and DDI accounting for 22% and 13% of the Company's total revenues, 
respectively.  

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996, the Company entered into 
purchase agreements with the following customers: Telstra Mobile 
Communication Services, formerly known as Telecom Australia, which provides 
wireless voice mail services to more than 2.5 million subscribers; 
Teleceara of Brazil, one of the twenty-eight operating companies of 
Telebras; Telepar, the sole provider of telecommunications services in the 
state of Parana in Brazil; Chongqing Telecom Bureau, the wireline provider 
in the city of Chongqing, the most populated city in China;  
Telecommunication Bureau of Harbin, the telephone operator in the capital 
of China's Heilongjiang province;  Nippon Telegraph and Telephone 
Corporation (NTT), the largest telecommunications network operator in the 
world;  MRCB/Emartel, one of the new PCS operators in Malaysia;  Telekom 
Malaysia, the PTT in Malaysia;  Paktel Limited, a Cable and Wireless 
Company, the leading cellular company in Pakistan; and TelecomAsia, the 
largest non-government telephone company in Thailand.

Products

Boston Technology manufactures and distributes the following principal 
product groups: its Access NP and CO ACCESS Network Services Platforms, its 
AccessMAX Application Software Environment, and a suite of enhanced 
services applications. 

Platforms

The Access NP and CO ACCESS Network Services Platforms provide processing 
capabilities to run the enhanced service applications through the wireline 
and wireless networks.  These platforms also provide operations, 
administration and management for the operator.  The Company's platforms 
support domestic and most international signaling protocols and large 
processing capacities for enhanced services deployed on a mass scale. 
These platforms are designed to help operators take advantage of the 
Intelligent Network ("IN") architecture by operating as either a Service 
Node ("SN") or Intelligent Peripheral ("IP").  By providing a Service Node 
compliant architecture with switching, service logic and resource elements 
all on one platform, Boston Technology supplies operators worldwide with 
capabilities that maximize IN-based applications.  The open architecture of 
Boston Technology's platforms gives operators the flexibility to run 
different network interfaces simultaneously, including ISDN, SS7, 
ISUP/TCAP, and IS41, so a single system can interface with multiple 
networks and multiple terminal devices.

Access NP platforms include the Access NP 5 Series, the 50 and 60 Series, 
and the 100 Series.  CO ACCESS platforms include the models 200, 500, 600, 
and 600S.  The list price of a configured platform and applications 
typically increases as its capacity grows. The Company offers discounts 
from its list prices for volume purchases or long-term commitments.  The 
platforms have been sold at prices ranging from approximately $100,000 to 
$3,200,000, depending upon the platform's configuration.
				
                                				-2-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Platform configurations provide the following capacities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
System Type     CO ACCESS       Access NP       Access NP       Clustered 
		  600 S            50             60            Access NP       
								Platforms 
								100 Series
__________________________________________________________________________

<S>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Subscriber      80,000          100,000         300,000         3,600,000
Configuration Limit (1)   

Maximum Busy    24,000          30,000          60,000          720,000
Hour Calls (2)    

Min. - Max.     24 to 768       24/30 to        24/30 to        to 11,520
Ports (T1/E1)                   768/960         768/960 

Available       55 to 3,520     135 to 12,960   135 to 12,960   to 1,483,776
Storage Hours (1,3)
</TABLE>
___________________________________________________________________________
	(1)       Dependent on user profile
	(2)       Varies with network integration
	(3)       Both redundant and non-redundant configurations

The platforms are built with a patented distributed hardware architecture.  
The Access NP Network Services Platform subsystems are linked by a 
parallel, redundant Ethernet local area network.  The hardware "front end" 
consists of a queueing digital switching matrix ("DSM") that routes 
incoming calls from the network to their assigned application processing 
unit ("APU") ports.  One incoming port on a platform corresponds to one 
incoming facility or transmission path from the network switch.  Voice 
processing applications run on one or more APUs, each of which has local 
disk storage, for voice prompts and messages.  A master control unit 
directs all system operations, including assignment of incoming calls to 
APU ports and directing the DSM to make the connection.  Auxiliary 
interface subsystems support system administration, connection to other 
voicemail systems, customer billing, and connection to a GSM message 
center. 

The Access NP Network Services Platform, which Boston Technology introduced 
in fiscal 1996, offers the following features:

Capacity -- Depending on user profile, the Access NP platform supports up 
to 300,000 mailboxes with a configuration of up to 960 ports.  It provides 
redundant storage for up to 26,496 hours of voice messages or 123,648 hours 
of non-redundant storage.  Its non-blocking digital switch accepts calls 
even during demanding peaks in volume.  Up to 12 Access NP systems can be 
clustered together to operate as one.  The Access NP 100 Series Models can 
support up to 3.6 million mailboxes with a configuration up to 11,520 
ports.  This configuration provides 317,952 hours of redundant storage or 
1.5 million hours of non-redundant storage.

Scalability --The Access NP platform enables network operators to install 
the features they initially require and add on as their subscriber base and 
demands grow. Application Processing Units or disk drives can be added to 
the system ensuring the capacity to meet growing market demands.  In 
addition, innovative procedures for balancing resources across systems let 
network operators grow without interruption to service.  

Availability -- The Access NP platform is designed to deliver a standard of 
availability in excess of 99.998%.  For reliability, redundancy options in 
major areas of operation eliminate single points of failure within the 
platform architecture. 

Flexibility -- The Access NP platform offers the flexibility and 
adaptability required to accommodate different types of media as the 
enhanced services market grows and matures. The Digital Signal Processing 
				
                          				-3-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(DSP) capabilities of the platform provide a "Universal Port" designed to 
handle a variety of multimedia services including fax, voice recognition, 
text-to-speech, video, and more.  

Serviceability -- Major components are hot-swappable allowing quick slide-
in replacement with convenient single-sided access.  Diagnostics are 
performed on-line, with little or no downtime required.  On-line 
documentation, visual indicators and real-time, and multiple level alarming 
are available to assist in identifying any failed components.

The Access NP platform, like the CO ACCESS platform, has been designed to 
integrate into the networks of Boston Technology's existing customers.  
Subscriber applications, networks, and interfaces to operational support 
systems are nearly identical across both the Access NP and CO ACCESS 
platforms, allowing network operators to serve single markets with both 
systems.  Furthermore, migration tools allow customers to manage traffic 
engineering requirements accommodating systems capacity growth. 

AccessMAX (TRADEMARK) Application Software Environment

The AccessMAX Application Software Environment is an object-oriented tool 
written in C++ programming language.  The AccessMAX environment allows 
application developers to design and implement applications to run on both 
the ACCESS NP and the CO ACCESS Network Services Platforms.  Using the 
telecommunications services object library and a workstation, the developer 
changes existing, or builds new, applications by pointing, clicking, 
dragging, and dropping the services icons.

The AccessMAX environment has been designed to provide the Company's 
customers with a tool to differentiate their services in an increasingly 
competitive market.  This software allows them to create, customize and 
modify new or existing services to address the needs of their particular 
market and subscribers.

Enhanced Services Applications

Enhanced services are functions beyond basic dialtone.  The most basic 
enhanced service, call answering, receives forwarded calls from the network 
on ring-no-answer or busy, answers them, and provides a "mailbox" into 
which callers can place voice or fax messages.  Below is a brief 
description of enhanced services applications currently being offered on 
the Access NP and/or the CO ACCESS platforms.

Call Answering: The Call Answering application allows subscribers to 
have their telephone answered automatically, play a personalized greeting 
for callers, and allows callers to leave a private voice message.  When 
callers try to reach a subscriber and get a busy signal or "ring-no-
answer", their call is automatically forwarded to a platform located at the 
network operator's central office or switching exchange.  Subscribers can 
retrieve their messages from any Touch-Tone telephone using a personal 
passcode.

Partitioned Mailboxes: The Partitioned Mailbox application provides Call 
Answering subscribers with the ability to create submailboxes for multiple 
members of a household, or individual employees in small businesses.  

Voice Messaging: The Voice Messaging application allows a subscriber to 
create and send voice messages to other mailbox subscribers without the 
need to actually speak to the recipient.  Voice Messaging often includes 
all of the Call Answering features described above, as well as the ability 
to reply to, forward and send copies of messages.
  
Fax Services: Boston Technology supports a portfolio of facsimile 
applications, collectively being marketed as its AccessFAX (TRADEMARK) 
Applications.  With Boston Technology's AccessFAX products, facsimile 
messages (documents) are stored within the subscriber's multimedia mailbox, 
and are managed in a similiar manner to voice messages, and can be outdialed 
and delivered to a fax machine.

Virtual Telephone Service: Virtual Telephone Service provides the 
subscriber with a mailbox that is associated with a telephone number, but 
not with a telephone.  The subscriber can receive voice messages without 
receiving direct telephone calls and can access the mailbox through use of 
a subscriber passcode using a public telephone or any available tone-
generating telephone.

Reminder Service: The Reminder Service application allows subscribers to 
record a reminder message for themselves and specify a future time and date 
when they would like to receive the reminder.

                            				-4-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Pager Notification: The Pager Notification application is used by 
subscribers who wish to be notified by their paging system when messages 
have been deposited in their mailbox.  When a caller leaves a message in 
the subscriber's mailbox, the platform stores the message in the mailbox 
and sends a signal to the subscriber's paging system, which then notifies 
the subscriber by pager that a message has arrived.

Special Delivery: With the Special Delivery feature, subscribers can 
designate a telephone number or group of numbers where message notification 
should be sent whenever they are temporarily away from their telephone.  
When a message is received in a subscriber's mailbox, the platform will 
dial the specified number and inform the person who answers that a message 
has arrived.  

QuickACCESS (and design) (REGISTERED TRADEMARK) Automated Attendant: The 
QuickACCESS automated attendant application is used in a company to auto-
matically answer incoming calls and route callers to the desired party or 
redirect calls when a line is busy or goes unanswered.  The QuickACCESS 
application functions like a receptionist to answer an organization's main 
number or extensions and can be implemented full time or used as a back-up 
to a "live" receptionist.  It is usually configured with Voice Messaging and 
provides multiple levels of administration to meet the needs of individual 
organizations.

Bulletin Board:  The Bulletin Board application allows businesses, 
agencies, and other organizations to provide an automated way for callers 
to obtain information about their services or offerings.  A caller to a 
bulletin board will encounter a general greeting followed by an audio menu 
of choices.  The caller may select any item on the menu by pressing keys on 
the telephone keypad.  The selection may then play the desired information 
or advance the caller to another menu level with additional selections.

Other Current capabilities offered on the platforms include:

Digital Message Networking:  Digital Message Networking capabilities 
allow operators to support area-wide exchange of voice messages among voice 
mailboxes located on multiple platforms residing in dispersed central 
offices.  Subscribers are able to send, reply to, and forward messages 
among subscriber mailboxes regardless of the location of the originating or 
destination mailboxes.

Addressing Domain:  The Addressing Domain feature allows operators to 
group together Voice Messaging subscribers into common areas, such as area 
codes, city codes, or corporate networks, including customized numbering 
plans for subscribers in these areas.

Multiple Language Support: With Multiple Language Support, subscribers 
hear instructions in the language specified by the system administrator, or 
subscribers can select a language when they first set up their mailboxes.  
Languages which have been implemented include Arabic, Cantonese, English, 
Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, Spanish and Thai. 

Operations, Administration and Maintenance (OA&M):  Boston Technology 
provides a number of valuable features to assist the platform 
administrators in managing subscriber mailboxes, administering billing, 
collecting and reporting platform data, tracking alarm conditions, and 
ensuring platform security.  OA&M capabilities are designed to easily 
integrate with existing network operations and engineering systems, and to 
allow operators to manage subscriber growth in a cost-effective manner.

New  Multimedia Products in Development

Videoconferencing  and Video On-Demand:  Boston Technology demonstrated 
integrated Videoconferencing and interactive Video On-Demand at Telecom 95 
in Geneva in October 1995.  Videoconferencing allows businesses to 
establish meetings that include both audio and visual real time 
communications.  Video On-Demand is a capability that will have multiple 
applications with consumer and business vertical markets worldwide, 
including entertainment, education, and marketing.

AccessWEB (TRADEMARK) Internet Messaging:  AccessWEB Internet Messaging is an 
application that will give end users access to their voice and fax messages 
from anywhere in the world, via the World Wide Web.  Messages can be viewed 
on a personal computer screen and heard in a real-time environment and 
stored.  AccessWEB Internet Messaging also allows the creation of custom 
distribution lists via the user's personal computer. 

                            				-5-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Product Development

Boston Technology believes that the ongoing, timely development of new 
products and applications and enhancements to existing products will be 
essential for the Company to maintain its competitive position, and the 
Company expects to continue to devote substantial resources to its research 
and development activities during fiscal year 1997.  The Company also 
commits research and development resources to meet specific customer 
requests for particular hardware or software features when the volume of 
potential business justifies such an investment.  Research and development 
expense for fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994 was $21,884,000, $13,709,000 
and $15,000,000, respectively.  

During its fiscal year ending January 31, 1997, Boston Technology expects 
to introduce enhancements to several of its applications and administration 
features, including Voice Messaging Services, Message Delivery Services, 
Fax Services and Digital Messaging, and deploy new software releases on the 
Access NP and the CO ACCESS Network Services Platforms.  These releases 
will include applications targeted to North American and International 
consumer, business, and mobile markets.  

Service and Support

Boston Technology's Worldwide Customer Service and Support organization 
provides the Company's customers with broad hardware and software support 
services.  These services include technical training, full systems 
installation and network integration, as well as a variety of cost-
effective services including and Customer-Assisted service programs.  The 
Company maintains a centralized worldwide Technical Assistance Center 
("TAC") at its headquarters in Wakefield, Massachusetts, and has regional 
satellite centers in Hong Kong and Tokyo. 

The Company's standard warranty policy is to repair or replace faulty 
equipment during the warranty period, which is usually for a period of one 
year from system installation.  Boston Technology also offers a 
supplemental and higher level of service coverage during the warranty 
coverage as part of its Systems Installation Service and also offers post-
warranty service under its Service Max (TRADEMARK) Service Program.

Sales

The Company sells and licenses its systems in North America to operators 
through a direct sales organization.  Because of the stringent technical 
and support requirements of the operators, the Company has developed close 
working relationships with its customers.  By doing so, the Company 
believes that it is able to identify and meet future needs for new system 
features and capabilities. 

Internationally, the Company works with both direct sales and local 
representatives to market and distribute its products.  The Company has 
entered into distribution and marketing agreements with telecommunications 
companies in, among other places, Brazil, the Peoples Republic of China, 
Japan, Malaysia, Thailand and Taiwan, which the Company believes will help 
to expand sales of its products to international network operators.  In 
fiscal 1996, the Company entered into a joint venture with Computel 
Computadores e Telecommunicacoes S.A. to sell and service Boston 
Technology's Platforms and Computel's Speech Bus products in Brazil.  

The Company has gained extensive experience in deploying and marketing 
network services to mass markets.  It is of direct interest to the Company 
to ensure that its customers succeed when introducing new services, or 
embarking on an enhanced services projects for the first time.  Therefore, 
the Company's MEDALIST (REGISTERED TRADEMARK) Market Success Program is a key 
component of its overall marketing effort.  The MEDALIST program is designed 
to assist the Company's customers in developing and implementing marketing 
programs for the enhanced services supported by the Company's platforms.  In 
connection with the program, the Company provides consulting support, market-
ing materials, seminars and other marketing tools to customers.  By assisting 
its existing and prospective customers in developing the market for 
enhanced services, the Company believes that the market for, and usage of, 
its systems will continue to increase.

The Company currently has sales and technical support offices in the 
following areas: Wakefield, Massachusetts; San Ramon, California; Atlanta, 
Georgia; Park Ridge, Illinois; St. Louis, Missouri; Dallas, Texas; 
McKinney, Texas; Reston, Virginia; Seattle, Washington; Brookfield, 
Wisconsin; Canada; England; Germany; Hong Kong; Japan; Mexico; The 
Netherlands; and The United Arab Emirates. 

                             				-6-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Backlog

The Company's backlog at March 31, 1996 was approximately $77,000,000, 
compared to approximately $20,300,000 at March 31, 1995.  The Company 
includes in backlog all purchase orders and other purchase commitments 
shippable within the next ten (10) months.  Products shipped for customer 
trials are not included in backlog or revenue.  The Company's backlog at 
any particular time may not be indicative of future revenues because of the 
possibility of order cancellations or changes.

Competition

The enhanced services systems industry is highly competitive and the 
Company expects that competition will intensify.  Boston Technology's 
principal competitors in the operators market are Brite Voice Systems, 
Centigram Communications Corporation, Comverse Technology, Inc., Digital 
Sound Corporation, Glenayre Electronics, Inc., Octel Communications 
Corporation, Tecnomen Oy, and Unisys Corporation.  Competition for the sale 
of enhanced services systems to network operators is based principally on 
capacity, high reliability and ability to provide multiple-application 
platforms integrated with telecommunications networks. 

The Company believes that it will continue to encounter substantial 
competition from its existing competitors, and that other companies, many 
with considerably greater financial, technical, marketing and sales 
resources than Boston Technology, may enter the North American and 
International enhanced services systems markets. 

Manufacturing

Boston Technology's manufacturing operations consist primarily of final 
assembly, integration, test and quality control of subsystem and system 
products.  The Company presently uses third parties to perform printed 
circuit card assembly and sheet metal fabrication. 

The Company supplements the standard parts and equipment that are procured 
from multiple sources with that of specific custom designed and contract 
manufactured assemblies.  The Company currently procures digital switches, 
baseboards, voice cards and power supplies for its systems from sole source 
suppliers.  The Company maintains stocking and/or manufacturing licensing 
arrangements with its key suppliers to mitigate the effects of any short-
term delivery delays or interruptions.  Alternate sources of all its 
components are available, however, the inability to obtain adequate supplies 
of any essential component could adversely effect the Company's operations. 

The Company currently has approximately 25,000 square feet of space 
allocated to system assembly, integration, testing, quality control and 
inventory storage for manufacturing activities. 

Employees

As of March 31, 1996, the Company employed 559 persons, including 98
contractors/temporary employees, of which 306 are employed in research and 
development.  The Company believes that its future growth and success will 
depend in large part upon its ability to continue to attract and retain 
highly qualified personnel, who are in great demand.  None of the Company's 
employees is represented by a labor union.  The Company has never had a 
work stoppage and considers its employee relations to be very good.

Government Regulation   

The Company attempts to stay abreast of regulatory issues in the areas of 
the world where it does business.  Regulatory changes sometimes occur 
rapidly, and are not always predictable.  Sudden or unforseen changes in 
the regulatory environment may have an impact on the Company's revenues 
and/or costs in any given part of the world.

	North America

Regulatory and judicial decisions at both the Federal and State level in 
the United States continue to impact the market for enhanced services.  
Regulatory activities at the state level have already opened many states to 
competition in the local exchange market.  The Company believes that the 
February 1996 passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 will produce 
favorable conditions for expanded deployment of enhanced services by 
further opening the local and long distance telephone markets as well as 
the cable market to competition.  Local and long distance telephone 
companies, competitive access providers, wireless providers, cable 
companies, and utilities will all be able to compete for telephone and 
cable customers.  Additionally, the implementation of the 
Telecommunications Act will enable a broader range of enhanced services, 
such as information services and fax messaging, to be offered.  

                            				-7-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Opportunities for new enhanced services, such as Video On-Demand, have been 
created by advances in technology and regulatory decisions.  Boston 
Technology has designed its network services software and platforms to 
support new enhanced services and believes it is well positioned to take 
advantage of the additional opportunities created by regulatory and 
technological changes.  The Company believes that the domestic telephone 
market for traditional and new enhanced services will drive demand for 
Boston Technology's products and services as this market continues to 
expand.

	International

Telecommunications deregulation around the world will also impact the 
International markets' demand for enhanced services.  While some countries 
continue to have a monopolistic telephone company providing service, most 
of the world is moving toward deregulation and will be closely watching the 
progress in the United States.  Developing countries such as the 
Philippines, Malaysia, and Chile have dismantled the state-owned telephone 
monopolies and invited competitors to enter the market.  A key driver is 
the much needed capital investment to build the telecommunications 
infrastructure in these developing countries so that they can compete 
globally.  On January 1, 1998, the European telecommunications market will 
open to competition, as fifteen European Union countries plus Switzerland 
and Norway liberalize their markets.  England, Sweden and Finland have open 
markets now; in England cable telephony has been successful in reaching 
consumers by bundling cable and telephony services at competitive rates.  
Companies are already active in forming consortiums, partnerships and other 
joint ventures to position themselves as the European alternative operators 
when the markets are opened, and these new players are investing billions 
of dollars in building networks and alliances.  

Outside of Europe there are deregulatory activities in a variety of 
countries. Brazil recently passed legislation aimed at opening up the 
telecommunications market to competition but is meeting resistance from the 
strong labor unions concerned with the impact of competition on jobs.  This 
will be a continued theme worldwide.  The Japanese government has 
considered dividing NTT into one long-distance and two local carriers 
serving the eastern and western halves of Japan.  In March of 1996 it was 
announced that consideration of this breakup was being postponed until the 
next regular parliamentary session, which begins in January 1997.  The 
Mexican government has announced that the local and long distance telephone 
services market will be opened to competition on January 1, 1997, which 
will challenge TELMEX's monopoly.  The Company believes that opportunities 
for enhanced services will be created by both technological changes, 
regulatory actions, and company restructuring in the international market.  

Patents

The Company relies on a combination of patent, trade secret and copyright 
law, license, escrow and non-disclosure agreements, and technical measures 
to protect its rights in its products.  

The Company currently holds nine United States patents, two Australian 
patents, two New Zealand patents, and one Canadian patent.  The Company's 
patents expire at various times beginning in 2008.

The Company believes intellectual property protection is important in the 
highly competitive market for enhanced service systems, and intends to seek 
additional patent protection.  There can be no assurance, however, that any 
patent application filed by the Company will result in a patent being 
issued, or that any patent issued to the Company will be held valid if 
challenged.  Furthermore, the Company may become the subject of claims that 
the Company's products infringe upon the propriety rights of others, and 
there can be no assurance that any claims against the Company will not 
result in costly litigation or require the Company to license the 
intellectual property rights of third parties.

Trademarks and Service Marks

QuickACCESS (and design), CO ACCESS and MEDALIST are registered trademarks 
of the Company. Access NP, AccessMAX, AccessWEB, and AccessFAX are trademarks 
of the Company.  Connect With Success, Communications for the Way We Live and 
AccessMAX Connect Alliance are service marks of the Company.  Touch-Tone is a 
federally registered trademark of AT&T, UL is a federally registered trademark 
of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and Advanced Intelligent Network is a 
trademark of BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc. 

                              				-8-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Technology Licenses

Boston Technology has entered into patent license agreements with three 
companies, under which the Company has obtained non-exclusive licenses to 
make, have made, use and sell certain inventions relating to voice 
messaging and voice processing covered by the claims of the licensors' 
products.  

The Company has a perpetual, fully-paid license to certain technology owned 
by Northern Telecom to facilitate integration of the Company's products to 
Northern Telecom's switches.  Boston Technology has obtained certain non-
exclusive, non-transferable, non-assignable source code licenses from The 
Santa Cruz Operation, Inc. and Novell, Inc. that allow the Company to use 
specified source code and related documentation for certain support and 
maintenance of the Company's CO ACCESS systems.  No royalty payments are 
required under Boston Technology's license with the Santa Cruz Operation, 
Inc. An annual right-to-use fee was paid to Novell, Inc. in fiscal 1995 for 
the use of its source code.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of January 31, 1996, the Company leased approximately 170,000 square 
feet in Wakefield, Massachusetts pursuant to a lease that expires in fiscal 
2004.  In March of 1996, the Company leased an additional 15,000 square 
feet and plans to occupy another 15,000 square feet in May of 1996.  The 
Company also leases approximately 16,000 square feet in Woburn, 
Massachusetts pursuant to a lease which is due to expire in October of 
1996.  This lease may be extended, but if it is terminated the Woburn 
employees will be consolidated into the Wakefield facility.  The Company is 
currently evaluating the need for additional space requirements based on 
the forecasted growth of its employee base.

The Company also leases sales and support offices in seven different 
locations throughout the United States and one in each of Germany, Hong 
Kong, Japan, Mexico and the Netherlands.  The current aggregate annual base 
rent for all leased offices for fiscal 1997 will be approximately 
$4,025,000.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On or about November 16, 1995, a complaint was filed in the United States 
District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania captioned "John 
Eades v. Boston Technology, Inc., Greg C. Carr, Francis E. Girard, Joseph 
E. Norberg, Paul W. DeLacey, William J. Burke and John C.W. Taylor", Civil 
Action No. 95-CV-7236.  On or about November 20 and 21, 1995, respectively, 
essentially identical complaints were filed in the same court captioned 
"Jacob Turner v. Boston Technology, Inc., Greg C. Carr, Francis E. Girard, 
Joseph E. Norberg, Paul W. DeLacey, William J. Burke and John C.W. Taylor", 
Civil Action No. 95-CV-7295, and "Gerald Tobin v. Boston Technolgy, Inc., 
Greg C. Carr, Francis E. Girard, Joseph E. Norberg, Paul W. DeLacey, 
William J. Burke and John C.W. Taylor", Civil Action No. 95-CV-7317.  Each 
of the plaintiffs purports to represent a class of purchasers of the common 
stock of the Company between and including May 17, 1995 through November 
15, 1995.  Each complaint claims that the named defendants violated Section 
10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 10b-5 promulgated 
pursuant thereto, by virtue of false or misleading statements made during 
the class period.  Each complaint claims that the individual defendants are 
liable as "control persons" under Section 20(a) of that Act.  In addition, 
the complaints claim that the individual defendants sold some of their own 
common stock of the Company, during the purported class period, at times 
when the market price for the stock allegedly was inflated.  No response 
has been made to the three complaints, which have been consolidated by the 
Court.  The plaintiffs are required to file an amended complaint which will 
govern proceedings in all three cases on or before May 6, 1996.  Boston 
Technology and the defendants deny the allegations and intend to contest 
these cases vigorously.

On December 29, 1995, AudioFAX, Inc., a Georgia corporation, brought a 
breach of contract action and a patent infringement action against the 
Company in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, 
Atlanta division, alleging breach of contract and infringement of certain 
of its facsimile processing patents (the "AudioFAX Patents").  In its 
Complaint, AudioFAX is seeking to enjoin Boston Technology from allegedly 

                            				-9-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
continuing to breach the technology license agreement between the parties, 
to enjoin the Company from allegedly continuing to infringe the AudioFAX 
Patents, and to be awarded an unspecified amount of compensatory damages in 
excess of $50,000, treble damages as a result of the alleged willful 
infringement, and interest, expenses and attorneys' fees.  The parties are 
engaged in settlement discussions and have stipulated that the Company will 
file an Answer to AudioFAX's action by May 17, 1996.  Boston Technology 
believes that it does not infringe any valid, enforceable claim of the 
AudioFAX Patents.  The Company intends to contest AudioFAX's claims 
vigorously.  However, if a final decision is reached on the merits of the 
action and the Company is found to have infringed the AudioFAX Patents, 
such a decision may have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

No loss provisions have been made for these lawsuits.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth 
quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.


PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1996 Fiscal Quarter Ended
                        April 30    July 31    October 31   January 31
                        ________    _______    __________   __________
Common stock prices
 <S>                    <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
 High                   $16.75       $20.63      $19.13        $15.63
 Low                    $12.13       $13.50      $12.25        $11.00


                              1995 Fiscal Quarter Ended
                       April 30    July 31    October 31   January 31
                       ________    _______    __________   __________
Common stock prices
 High                   $14.38       $13.75      $16.50        $18.63
 Low                    $10.25       $ 7.88      $ 9.00        $12.75

</TABLE>

The above figures are based upon the daily closing stock prices as reported 
by NASDAQ, and may not reflect higher or lower individual stock trades.  

As of March 31, 1996, there were approximately 2,012 holders of record of 
the Company's common stock.

The Company's shares are traded on the Nasdaq National Market ("NNM").  No 
cash dividends have been paid on the Company's common stock.  The Company 
currently intends to retain all of its earnings to finance future growth 
and, accordingly, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the 
foreseeable future.  In addition, the Company's line of credit prohibits 
the payment of dividends without the consent of the lender.

                             				-10-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following tables should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated 
Financial Statements of the Company and the notes thereto and with 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations" appearing elsewhere in this report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Consolidated Statements of                  For years ended January 31,
 Operations:                       1996     1995     1994     1993     1992
                                   ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
                                     (in thousands, except per share data)

<S>                              <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues                         $105,267  $89,056  $70,315  $49,451  $36,397 

Cost and expenses:
   Cost of revenues                41,087   28,257   22,695   17,246   13,354  
   Research and development        21,884   13,709   15,000   10,338   11,665  
   Marketing, general and 
      administrative               37,085   29,510   23,692   18,160   14,722
   Warrants & other costs 
	     associated with
      contract acquisition         21,000       --       --       --       --
                                   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------  
(Loss) income from operations     (15,789)  17,580    8,928    3,707   (3,344) 
			       
Interest income, net                1,004      891      367      290      729
                                   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------ 
(Loss) income before provision 
	  for (benefit from) 
   income taxes                   (14,785)  18,471    9,295    3,997   (2,615) 

Provision for (benefit from) 
   income taxes                       105    5,527    2,598      927     (236)
                                   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Net (loss) income                $(14,890) $12,944   $6,697   $3,070  $(2,379)

Net (loss) income per share         $(.60)    $.50     $.27     $.13    $(.11)

Weighted average number of common 
	  and common equivalent 
   shares outstanding              24,859   25,751   25,107   23,475   22,505
	
</TABLE>
						
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                    January 31,
                                    1996     1995     1994     1993     1992
                                    ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
                                                (in thousands)  
		
<S>                               <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Working capital                   $38,629  $44,316  $31,284  $22,326  $15,185 
Total assets                       84,661   80,289   65,274   41,270   32,281  
Short-term debt, including      
	  current portion of 
   long-term debt                     275      542      155      180      143
Long-term debt, excluding 
   current portion                     --      500    1,042      190      343
Stockholders' equity               54,314   56,792   40,841   31,643   24,929  
</TABLE>

                                  				-11-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL               
	CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations.

	General.  This annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking 
statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties.  There are a 
number of factors that could cause the Company's actual results to differ 
materially from those forecasted or projected in such forward-looking 
statements.  These factors include, without limitation, those set forth 
below under the caption "Future Operating Results and Risk Factors."  
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking 
statements which speak only as of the date hereof.  The Company undertakes 
no obligations to publicly release the result of any revisions to these 
forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or 
circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurence of 
unanticipated events.

	Significant Transactions.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, 
the Company entered into an agreement with AT&T Corporation (AT&T) for the 
supply of the Company's Access NP Network Services Platform and its 
AccessMAX object-oriented software.  The service offering targeted by AT&T 
with this platform is community telephone messaging for the 110,000 primary 
and secondary schools in the United States as a part of the AT&T Learning 
Network announced October 31, 1995.  Pursuant to the agreement, the Company 
issued to AT&T warrants to purchase 4,908,800 shares of Boston Technology's 
common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per share.  The warrants vest 
over a five year period.  In conjunction with the issuance of the warrants 
and the start-up costs associated with the agreement, Boston Technology 
took a non-cash, non-deductible charge of $21,000,000 to earnings in the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.  The $21,000,000 charge was due primarily to 
the fair market value of the warrants (see Note 8 to the Financial 
Statements).

Excluding the $21,000,000 charge for the AT&T contract, fiscal 1996 pro 
forma income from operations, net income and earnings per common share 
versus fiscal 1995 would have been as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA:                                             For the twelve 
                                                 months ended January 31,
                                                   1996            1995
                                                   ----            ----

<S>                                             <C>             <C>
Income from operations, excluding AT&T charge   $5,211,000      $17,580,000
	
Net income                                      $4,918,000      $12,944,000

Net income per share                                  $.19             $.50
Weighted average common and common
   equivalent shares outstanding                26,014,000       25,751,000
</TABLE>

Results of Operations

	Revenues.  Total revenues for the year ended January 31, 1996 were 
$105,267,000, an increase of $16,211,000, or 18%, over fiscal 1995.  Total 
North American revenues, generated by sales to Regional Bell Operating 
Companies (RBOCs), independent telephone companies, a cable company and a 
competitive access provider, were $42,480,000, a decrease of $16,924,000, 
or 28%, versus fiscal 1995.  This decrease in revenue was due primarily to 
a reduction in volume from Bell Atlantic and also to lower average system 
prices in fiscal 1996 due to a higher volume of smaller system sales.  
Total International revenues were $62,787,000, an increase of $33,135,000, 
or 112%, versus fiscal 1995.  This increase was due to additional sales to 
existing international customers, particularly in Japan, expansion into new 
geographic markets, and custom modification and enhancement activities.  In 
fiscal 1996, International revenues comprised 60% of the Company's total 
revenues.  In fiscal 1997, the Company anticipates International revenues 
to approximate fiscal 1996 levels, with potential growth in North American 
revenues over fiscal 1996.  

	Total revenues for the year ended January 31, 1995 were $89,056,000, an 
increase of $18,741,000, or 27%, over the previous year. Total North 
American revenues, generated by sales to RBOCs, independent telephone 
companies and a competitive access provider, were $59,404,000, an increase 
of $3,109,000, or 6%, over fiscal 1994.  Total International revenues were 
$29,652,000, an increase of $15,632,000, or 111%, compared to fiscal 1994.   
This increase was due to additional sales to existing international 
customers, expansion into new geographic markets, and custom modification 
and enhancement activities.   In fiscal 1995, International revenues 
comprised 33% of total revenues.   

                             				-12-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
	Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased by 6% from fiscal 1995 to fiscal 
1996, by 28% from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1995, and by 48% from fiscal 1993 
to fiscal 1994, principally as a result of increased revenues.  As a 
percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased to 61.0% in fiscal year 1996 
versus 68.3% in fiscal 1995 due primarily to a significantly higher number 
of smaller system sales, which carry lower profit margins.  As a percentage 
of revenues, gross profit increased slightly to 68.3% in fiscal 1995 from 
67.7% in fiscal 1994.  This increase in gross profit as a percentage of 
revenues in fiscal 1995 was due primarily to increased sales of system 
upgrades, which carry a higher gross margin, partially offset by lower 
margins achieved on custom modification and enhancement activities.  Due to 
competitive pricing pressures and the potential for the continued 
deployment of smaller, low margin systems during fiscal 1997, especially 
under the AT&T agreement described above, the Company expects gross margin 
as a percentage of revenues to decline during fiscal 1997 from fiscal 1996 
levels. 

	Research and Development Expenses. The Company is involved in several 
research and development programs that are funded in whole or in part by 
its customers.  Customer funding is recorded as a reduction to research and 
development expense, and is recognized as development activities occur.  
Amounts received from customers for research and development funding are 
included on the balance sheet as deferred customer funding until they are 
recognized.  Customer funding offsets against research and development 
expense for the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994  amounted to 
approximately $5,051,000, $8,162,000 and $3,241,000, respectively.  

	 Net research and development expenses for fiscal 1996 increased by 
$8,175,000, or 60%, over fiscal 1995 due partially to a $3,111,000 decrease 
in customer funding offsets against these expenses in fiscal 1996 compared 
to fiscal 1995.  Excluding the effect of customer funding offsets, absolute 
research and development spending in fiscal 1996 increased $5,064,000, or 

23%, over fiscal 1995, reflecting customers' increased demand for unique 
products as well as for custom modifications and enhancements for their 
installed base of equipment.  As a result, net research and development 
expense was 21% of total revenues for fiscal 1996.  Software development 
costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility, which 
would be eligible for capitalization, have not been significant and have 
not been capitalized.

	Net research and development expenses for fiscal 1995 decreased by 
$1,291,000 due to a $4,921,000 increase in customer funding offsets against 
these expenses in fiscal 1995 compared to fiscal 1994.  Excluding the 
effect of customer funding offsets, absolute research and development 
spending in fiscal 1995 increased $3,630,000 over fiscal 1994, due 
primarily to increased demand for custom modifications and enhancements.   
As a percentage of revenues, net research and development expense was 15% 
and 21% for the years ended January 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

	The Company continues to improve its products and to develop new 
products and system features, including new hardware platforms, advanced 
networking and call processing applications and enhancements to its 
software to meet market requirements.  Research and development expenses, 
both on a net and absolute spending basis, for fiscal year 1997 are 
expected to increase from fiscal 1996 levels as the Company continues to 
develop new applications and enter new markets.  

	Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses.  Marketing, general and 
administrative expenses were $37,085,000, an increase of $7,575,000, or 
26%, from fiscal 1995 to fiscal 1996 as compared to an increase of 25% from 
fiscal year 1994 to 1995.  The absolute spending increases in fiscal 1996 
and 1995 were primarily due to the Company's additional staffing in the 
marketing and worldwide sales and service organizations to support the 
Company's growth.  As a percentage of total revenues, marketing, general 
and administrative expenses increased to 35% in fiscal 1996 from 33% in 
fiscal 1995, and from 34% in fiscal 1994.  The Company significantly 
increased its international presence during fiscal 1996, and, as a result, 
expects marketing, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 1997 to 
increase in absolute dollars.

	Operating (Loss) Income.  The Company had a loss from operations of 
$15,789,000 for fiscal 1996, versus income from operations of $17,580,000 
in fiscal 1995.  The loss was due primarily to a $21,000,000 charge in the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 for the acquisition of a contract with AT&T 
(see Note 8 and under "General" section above).  In fiscal 1995, the 
Company had income from operations of $17,580,000, an increase of 
$8,652,000, or 97%, over income from operations in fiscal 1994.  The 
Company had income from operations of $8,928,000 for fiscal 1994, an 
increase of $5,221,000, or 141%, over income from operations of $3,707,000 
for fiscal 1993.  The increases in operating income in fiscal 1995 and 1994 
reflect increased total revenues and improved gross margins, partially 
offset by increased research and development expenses and marketing, 
general and administrative expenses.   

                             				-13-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
	
	Interest Income.  Net interest income for fiscal 1996 was $1,004,000, 
versus $891,000 in fiscal 1995 and $367,000 in fiscal 1994.  The increase 
in interest income in fiscal 1996 and 1995 over 1994 was due partially to 
higher average investment balances, to slightly higher interest rates and 
to interest income on long term leases.

	Income Taxes.  For the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996, the Company 
recorded a provision for income taxes of $105,000, which was lower than the 
expected tax benefits due principally to the non-recognition of the tax 
benefits related to the AT&T warrants issued.  For the fiscal year ended 
January 31, 1995, the Company recorded a provision for income taxes of 
$5,527,000, which includes a reduction of the valuation allowance for the 
utilization of research and development tax credits.  For the fiscal year 
ended January 31, 1994, the Company recorded a provision for income taxes 
of $2,598,000, which includes a reduction of the valuation allowance for 
the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and research and 
development tax credits.   

Future Operating Results and Risk Factors

	The reader should consider the following important factors, among 
others, which in some cases have affected, and in the future could affect, 
the Company's actual results in future quarters and fiscal years to differ 
materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements made by, or 
on behalf of, the Company.

	Historically, the Company has operated with minimal backlog, however, at 
March 31, 1996, backlog is $77,000,000, up from $20,300,000 at March 31, 
1995.  Although this backlog increase has provided greater visibility for 
near-term revenues, revenues earned in any quarter will continue to be 
largely dependent on orders booked, built, and shipped in that quarter.   
The Company has also experienced a pattern of recording the majority of its 
quarterly revenues in the third month of the quarter.   

	Historically, a substantial portion of the Company's revenues have been 
attributed to a limited number of customers in North America, Bell Atlantic 
in particular.  The Company also has a high average system revenue per 
transaction therefore, the loss of any one customer, or a significant 
decline in their volume, could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's business and its results of operations.  Although North American 
revenue was significantly lower during fiscal 1996 versus fiscal 1995, 
increased International business mitigated any adverse effect.  The 
Company's ability to increase future revenues may depend on its ability to 
generate sufficient revenues to substitute for reduced purchases by one or 
more major customers.  In addition, the Company's operating expenses are 
incurred ratably throughout each quarter and are relatively fixed in the 
short term.   As a result, if projected revenues are not realized in the 
expected period, the Company's operating results for that period could be 
adversely affected.

	The Company's revenue stream depends on its ability to enhance its 
existing software products and to introduce new products on a timely and 
cost-effective basis.  This includes any customer-required custom software 
enhancements required in the normal course of product delivery.  If the 
Company were to delay the introduction of new products,  or to delay the 
delivery of specific custom software enhancements, the Company's operating 
results could be adversely affected.  

	The International portion of the Company's business, which represented 
60% of fiscal 1996 revenues, is subject to a number of inherent risks, 
including difficulties in building and managing international operations 
and international reseller networks, international service and support of 
the Company's products, difficulties or delays in translating products into 
foreign languages, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies, import/
export duties and quotas, and unexpected regulatory, economic or political 
changes in international markets.  Due to the competitive environment in the 
international marketplace, certain international customers may require longer 
payment terms;  as a result, days sales outstanding may periodically extend 
beyond ninety days on amounts due from these customers. 

	As a result of the increase in International business, the Company's 
revenues may increasingly be denominated in foreign currencies.  To date, 
foreign currency fluctuations have not had a material adverse effect on the 
Company's operating results.  While the Company has periodically engaged in 
hedging transactions to cover its currency translation exposure, the increase 
in International business may require the Company to engage in these types of 
transactions more frequently to mitigate the effect of foreign currency 
fluctuations.

	The Company sells substantially all of its product to companies in the 
telecommunication industry.  This industry is undergoing significant change as 
a result of the recent passage of the telecommunications bill, reducing 
restrictions on competition within the industry.  The enhanced services systems 

                              				-14-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
industry is already highly competitive and the Company expects competition to 
intensify.  Competition for the sale of enhanced services systems to network 
operators is based principally on capacity, high reliability and ability to 
provide multiple-applications platforms integrated with telecommunications 
networks.  The Company believes that it will continue to encounter substantial 
competition from its existing competitors, and that other companies, many with 
considerably greater financial, technical, marketing and sales resources than 
Boston Technology, may enter the enhanced services systems markets.  Also, 
sudden or unforseen changes in the regulatory environment may have an impact 
on the Company's revenues and/or costs in any given part of the world.

	Certain  components of the Company's products are currently purchased 
from a single source and, although the Company believes that alternate 
sources are available, any interruption in the supply of such components 
could adversely affect the Company's operating results.

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

	Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments decreased by 
$11,843,000, or 46%, from January 31, 1995 levels to $13,929,000 at January 
31, 1996.  The decrease is due primarily to the repurchase of 750,000 
shares of the Company's common stock for $10,663,000.  Also during fiscal 
1996, the Company invested $1,000,000 in a joint venture in Brazil (see 
Note 6).  Pursuant to the joint venture agreement, the Company must provide 
$1,000,000 to the joint venture for working capital during each of fiscal 
years 1997 and 1998.  Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments 
decreased to $25,772,000 at January 31, 1995, from $31,848,000 at January 
31, 1994, a decrease of $6,076,000.

	Net cash from operations totalled $4,310,000 for the year ended January 
31, 1996 versus cash used by operations of $3,043,000 for the year ended 
January 31, 1995, and compared to net cash provided by operations totaling 
$21,683,000 for the year ended January 31, 1994.  Accounts receivable 
decreased $1,584,000 to $28,892,000 at January 31, 1996 versus $30,476,000 
at January 31, 1995 due to improved cash collection efforts.  Accounts 
receivable increased $15,183,000 over fiscal 1994 to $30,476,000 as of 
January 31, 1995.  This increase had three major components.  The first 
component was approximately $7,789,000 due from contracts for custom 
modification and enhancement activities.  The second component was 
approximately $3,435,000 due from certain international accounts as a 
result of extended payment terms.  The third component was approximately 
$3,959,000 due to incremental sales made to customers in North America.  
Due to the competitive environment in the international marketplace, 
certain international customers may require longer payment terms;  as a 
result, days sales outstanding may periodically extend beyond ninety days 
on amounts due from these customers.  

	Inventories at January 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994 were $16,951,000, 
$8,298,000 and $5,340,000, respectively.  The increase in inventories at 
January 31, 1996 was due primarily to the transition from the CO ACCESS 
platform to the Access NP Network Services Platform, as additional 
inventories were necessary to support the introduction of Access NP 
Platforms while also maintaining adequate support for the CO ACCESS 
customer base.  The increase in inventories at January 31, 1995 was 
required to support ongoing customer trials, higher planned revenues, and 
the new Access NP Platform introduction.  

	The Company's investment in sales type leases was $3,128,000 as of 
January 31, 1996, a decrease of $1,224,000 versus January 31, 1995 due 
primarily to scheduled customer payments.  The Company's investment in 
sales type leases was $4,352,000 as of January 31, 1995, an increase of 
$1,679,000 over fiscal 1994.  In fiscal 1995, approximately $3,913,000 of 
sales type lease receivables were originated with international customers 
while approximately $2,234,000 of sales type lease receivables were sold 
with recourse or collected.  

	Prepaid expenses at January 31, 1996 increased $1,266,000 due primarily 
to a $1,131,000 prepayment for production materials under a volume purchase 
agreement (see Note 11).  At January 31, 1996, the Company had a receivable 
of $3,886,000 representing estimated federal and state tax overpayments 
(see Note 10), and also recorded a net deferred tax asset of $2,080,000, 
versus $183,000 at January 31, 1995 (see Note 10).  Accounts payable 
increased $6,373,000 to $11,253,000 at January 31, 1996, due primarily to 
higher inventory levels.

	Purchases of property, equipment, license agreements, and other assets 
were $8,143,000, $4,832,000, and $4,517,000, in fiscal years 1996, 1995, 
and 1994, respectively.  The increase in property and equipment during 
fiscal 1996 was due primarily to the purchase of computer workstations as a 
result of increased headcount, and test equipment as a result of the 
release of the new Access NP Platform.  Management believes that capital 

                           				-15-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
expenditures for fiscal 1997 will approximate fiscal 1996 levels and will 
continue to be concentrated in the areas of research and development and 
computer equipment. 

	Cash flow used by financing activities was $8,309,000, as compared to 
cash flow from financing activities of $1,816,000 and $1,683,000 in fiscal 
years 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The decrease in cash flow was due 
primarily to the repurchase during fiscal 1996 of 750,000 shares of common 
stock at an average price of $14.22 per share.  In fiscal 1995 and 1994, 
cash flows consisted primarily of proceeds from the purchase of common 
stock through the exercise of stock options and through the Company's 
employee stock purchase plan.

	The Company maintains a $25,000,000 revolving credit facility with two  
banks.  Borrowings are collateralized by the Company's accounts receivable 
and inventories and bear interest at the prime rate.  The credit facility 
is scheduled to expire on July 6, 1997.  This revolving credit facility 
also has a 1/2 of 1% annual commitment fee on the unused portion.  The 
facility contains quarterly covenants which, among other things, require 
the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, specified levels of 
equity, and other restrictions. The Company also has available an aggregate 
$50,000,000 uncollateralized line of credit for forward foreign exchange 
contracts with two banks.  These lines of credit are scheduled to expire on 
July 6, 1997.  

	The Company believes that its cash, cash equivalents and short-term 
investments, along with cash generated from operations and unused credit 
facilities will be sufficient to meet the Company's cash requirements and 
to fund operations at least through January 31, 1997.

	The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently issued Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based 
Compensation" (FAS 123).  Under FAS 123 the Company is required to elect 
either expense recognition or the disclosure-only alternative for stock 
based employee compensation.  The expense recognition provision encouraged 
by FAS 123 would require fair-value based financial accounting to recognize 
compensation expense for employee stock compensation plans.  FAS 123 must 
be adopted in the Company's fiscal 1997 financial statements with 
comparable disclosures for the prior years presented.  The Company has 
determined that it will elect the disclosure-only alternative.  The Company 
will be required to disclose the pro forma income or loss and the per share 
amounts in the notes to the financial statements using the fair value based 
method.  The Company has not determined the impact of these pro forma 
adjustments.

                               				-16-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
	       INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CONSOLIDATED
			                   FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE



                                                                  Sequential
Description                                                       Page Number
		  
<S>                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Accountants .................................     18

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1996 and 1995........     19 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994....................................     20 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years
Ended January 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..............................     21
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994....................................     22 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.........................     23 

Report of Independent Accountants .................................     35

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years
Ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994..............................     36
</TABLE>
	 

All other schedules are omitted since they are either not required, not 
applicable, or the information is otherwise shown in the Consolidated 
Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

				
				
				
				
                               				-17-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    		REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Boston Technology, Inc.:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boston 
Technology, Inc. as of January 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related 
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for 
each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 31, 1996. These 
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements 
based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the 
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, 
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Boston 
Technology, Inc. as of January 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated 
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal 
years in the period ended January 31, 1996 in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles.




                                           /s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.



Boston, Massachusetts
February 29, 1996


                                      -18-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
			                            BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                    		      CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS           
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        January 31,
                                                     1996           1995
              ASSETS                                 ----           ----
Current assets:
   <S>                                            <C>             <C>
   Cash and cash equivalents                      $13,929,000     $19,715,000
   Short-term investments                                  --       6,057,000
   Accounts receivable, less allowances
      of $1,554,000 and $799,000                   28,892,000      30,476,000
   Net investment in sales type leases              2,771,000       1,234,000
   Inventories                                     16,951,000       8,298,000
   Income taxes receivable                          3,886,000              --
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets        2,130,000         864,000
                                                   ----------      ----------
Total current assets                               68,559,000      66,644,000
	
Net investment in sales type leases                   357,000       3,118,000
Property and equipment, net                        10,597,000       7,474,000
Deferred taxes                                      2,080,000         183,000 
Other assets                                        3,068,000       2,870,000
                                                   ----------      ----------
TOTAL ASSETS                                      $84,661,000     $80,289,000
                                                   ==========      ==========
	       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Current portion of long-term debt              $   275,000     $   542,000
   Accounts payable                                11,253,000       4,880,000
   Income taxes payable                                    --         669,000
   Accrued expenses                                 9,981,000      10,229,000
   AT&T contract accrual                            2,060,000              --
   Deferred customer funding                        2,825,000       4,267,000
   Deferred revenues                                3,536,000       1,741,000
                                                   ----------      ----------
Total current liabilities                          29,930,000      22,328,000

Long-term debt and other long-term liabilities        417,000       1,169,000

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock, $.001 par value, 60,000,000 and 
   35,000,000 shares authorized; 25,344,814 and 
   24,759,302 shares issued                           25,000           25,000 
   Additional paid-in capital                     57,048,000       35,094,000
   Retained earnings                               5,557,000       21,689,000
   Treasury stock, at cost, 613,119 shares        (8,599,000)              --
   Cumulative translation adjustment                 283,000          (16,000)
                                                  ----------       ----------
Total stockholders' equity                        54,314,000       56,792,000
                                                  ----------      -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY       $84,661,000      $80,289,000
                                                  ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial 
statements.
			                             	-19-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
			                     			BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                 		CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        For the Years Ended January 31,
                                       1996           1995            1994    
                                       ----           ----            ----
<S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues                           $105,267,000    $89,056,000     $70,315,000

Costs and expenses:
   Cost of revenues                  41,087,000     28,257,000      22,695,000
   Research and development          21,884,000     13,709,000      15,000,000
   Marketing, general and 
      administrative                 37,085,000     29,510,000      23,692,000
   Warrants & other costs 
      associated with AT&T contract 
      acquisition (see Note 8)       21,000,000             --              --
                                    -----------     ----------      ----------
                                    121,056,000     71,476,000      61,387,000

(Loss) income from operations       (15,789,000)    17,580,000       8,928,000

Interest income                       1,169,000      1,098,000         470,000
Interest expense                       (165,000)      (207,000)       (103,000)
                                    -----------     ----------      ----------
(Loss) income before provision for 
   income taxes                     (14,785,000)     18,471,000      9,295,000
Provision for income taxes              105,000       5,527,000      2,598,000
                                    -----------     ----------      ----------
Net (loss) income                  $(14,890,000)    $12,944,000     $6,697,000
                                    ===========      ==========      =========

Net (loss) income per share               $(.60)           $.50           $.27
              

Weighted average number of common 
   and common equivalent shares 
   outstanding                       24,859,000      25,751,000     25,107,000


</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial 
statements.

                               				-20-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                 			      BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                          		  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         		For the Years Ended January 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
                                 			(in thousands, except share amounts)

                                                 Additional                                 Cumulative     Total
                                   Common Stock    Paid-In   Retained     Treasury Stock    Translation  Stockholders'
                                  Shares  Amount   Capital   Earnings     Shares   Amount    Adjustment    Equity
                                  ______  ______   _______   ________    _______    ______   __________    ______
<S>                             <C>          <C>   <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
Balance, January 31, 1993       23,602,830   $24   $29,571     $2,048         --        --        --      $31,643

Exercise of stock options          521,306    --     1,448         --         --        --        --        1,448
Employee stock purchase plan        93,047    --       408         --         --        --        --          408
Tax benefit of disqualifying
   dispositions of incentive
   stock options                        --    --       645         --         --        --        --          645
Net income for the year
   ended January 31, 1994               --    --        --      6,697         --        --        --        6,697
                                __________   ____   ______     ______      _____     _____   _______      _______
Balance, January 31, 1994       24,217,183     24   32,072      8,745         --        --        --       40,841
							      
Exercise of stock options          482,431      1    1,470         --         --        --        --        1,471
Employee stock purchase plan        59,688     --      500         --         --        --        --          500
Tax benefit of disqualifying
   dispositions of incentive
   stock options                        --     --    1,052         --         --        --        --        1,052
Translation adjustments                                                                         $(16)         (16)
Net income for the year
   ended January 31, 1995               --     --       --      12,944        --        --        --       12,944
                                __________   ____   ______      ______     _____     _____   _______      _______
Balance, January 31, 1995       24,759,302     25   35,094      21,689        --        --       (16)      56,792

Common stock purchased                  --     --       --          --  (750,000) $(10,663)       --      (10,663)
Exercise of stock options          557,967     --    2,003      (1,146)  109,334     1,649        --        2,506
Employee stock purchase plan        27,545     --      296         (96)   27,547       415        --          615
Tax benefit of disqualifying
   dispositions of incentive
   stock options                        --      --   1,055          --        --        --        --        1,055
Stock warrants issued                   --      --  18,600          --        --        --        --       18,600
Translation adjustments                 --      --      --          --        --        --       299          299
Net loss for the year      
   ended January 31, 1996               --      --      --     (14,890)       --        --        --      (14,890)
                                __________    ____  ______      ______   _______     _____    ______     ________
Balance, January 31, 1996       25,344,814     $25 $57,048      $5,557  (613,119)  $(8,599)     $283      $54,314
                        
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial 
statements.

                                				-21-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                           			BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                     		CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          For the Years Ended January 31,
                                        1996            1995            1994    
                                     __________     ___________     __________
Cash flows (used by) from operating activities:
<S>                                <C>              <C>             <C>
Net (loss) income                  $(14,890,000)    $12,944,000     $6,697,000 
Reconciliation of net (loss) income 
   to cash flows from (used by) operating 
   activities:
   Depreciation and amortization      4,822,000       3,756,000      3,221,000  
   Provision for bad debt               755,000         509,000        140,000
   Rent expense in excess of payments  (195,000)       (153,000)       (69,000)
   Deferred income taxes             (1,897,000)        (92,000)       (91,000)
   Non-cash charge for warrants 
      issued                         18,600,000              --             --
   Changes in operating assets 
      and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable               829,000     (15,692,000)    (4,119,000)
      Net investment in sales 
         type leases                  1,224,000      (1,679,000)     1,150,000
      Inventories                    (8,653,000)     (2,958,000)      (779,000)
      Prepaid expenses and other 
       	 current assets              (1,266,000)       (102,000)       (33,000)
      Accounts payable                6,373,000         923,000        216,000
      Accrued expenses                1,812,000       4,799,000        953,000
      Deferred revenues               1,795,000          15,000      1,431,000
      Deferred customer funding      (1,442,000)     (5,914,000)    10,181,000
      Other long-term liabilities       (57,000)        147,000             --
      Income taxes                   (3,500,000)        454,000      2,785,000
                                     __________      __________     __________
Cash flows from (used by) 
   operating activities               4,310,000      (3,043,000)    21,683,000

Cash flows used by investing activities:
   Purchase of property and 
      equipment, net                 (6,546,000)     (4,442,000)    (2,842,000)
   Purchase of investments           (3,429,000)    (14,946,000)   (11,238,000)
   Redemption of investments          9,486,000      12,694,000      9,662,000
   Investment in joint venture       (1,000,000)             --             --
   Purchase of license agreements 
      and other assets                 (597,000)       (390,000)    (1,675,000)
                                     __________      __________     __________ 
Cash flows used by 
   investing activities              (2,086,000)     (7,084,000)    (6,093,000) 

Cash flows from (used by) financing activities:
   Principal payments under 
      financing obligations            (767,000)       (155,000)      (173,000)
   Proceeds from issuance of 
      common stock                    2,506,000       1,471,000      1,448,000
   Purchases of treasury stock      (10,663,000)             --             --
   Proceeds from employee stock 
      purchase plan                     615,000         500,000        408,000
                                     __________      __________     __________ 
Cash flows (used by) from financing 
   activities                        (8,309,000)      1,816,000      1,683,000

Effect of exchange rate changes 
   on cash                              299,000         (17,000)            --
                                    ___________     __________     __________
Net (decrease) increase in cash 
   and cash equivalents              (5,786,000)     (8,328,000)    17,273,000

Cash and cash equivalents at 
   beginning of year                 19,715,000      28,043,000     10,770,000
                            				    ___________     ___________    ___________
Cash and cash equivalents at 
   end of year                      $13,929,000     $19,715,000    $28,043,000
                            				    ===========     ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
   <S>                              <C>             <C>            <C>
   Interest paid                    $   185,000     $   163,000    $   137,000
   Income taxes paid                  5,047,000       4,300,000        385,000

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and 
financing activities:
   Tax benefit of disqualifying dispositions 
      of incentive stock options      1,055,000       1,052,000        645,000
   License agreement acquired for 
      long-term debt                         --              --      1,000,000

</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial 
statements.

                               				-22-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements

1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

	Boston Technology, Inc. (the "Company") provides specialized technology 
and support to enable network operators to develop customized telecommunica-
tions services across the country and around the world.  The Company provides 
network-based platforms, software and applications to wireless and wireline 
operators.  These services give growing numbers of people conveniences like 
call answering, voice messaging and fax services over wireless and wireline 
networks.  

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles of Consolidation

	The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the 
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All intercompany balances and 
transactions have been eliminated.  The equity method of accounting is used 
for an investment in a joint venture.  

Reclassifications

	Certain amounts in fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1994 financial statements have 
been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 1996 presentation.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

	All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 
three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.  In accordance 
with the terms of a patent license agreement, as of January 31, 1996, the 
Company had restricted cash of $275,000 which is included in cash and cash 
equivalents.  This amount was paid in February, 1996 (see Note 9).  At 
January 31, 1995, the Company had restricted cash of $1,000,000 of which 
$500,000 was included in cash and cash equivalents, and $500,000 was 
included in short-term investments.

Investments

	Investments that mature ninety-one days to twelve months from the date 
of purchase are classified as short-term investments, and investments with 
maturities of greater than twelve months are included in other assets.  
Short-term investments consist of certificates of deposit, commercial paper 
and U.S. government obligations.  Investments are stated at amortized cost, 
which approximates market value, and interest income is recorded on an 
accrual basis.

	The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, 
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" at the 
beginning of fiscal 1995.  The Company has the intent and ability to hold 
to maturity all securities that mature in less than one year.  Accordingly, 
these "held-to-maturity" securities have been recorded at amortized cost.

Risks, Uncertainties and Estimates

	Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to 
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short-
term investments, and accounts receivable.  The Company's cash equivalents 
are in high quality securities placed with major international banks and 
financial institutions.  The Company's investment policy limits its 
exposure to concentrations of credit risk.  The Company's customer base 
includes telephone companies in North America, South America, Asia and the 
Middle East.  Although the Company is directly affected by the well being 
of the telecommunications industry, management does not believe significant 
credit risk exists at January 31, 1996 and addresses this risk on a regular 
basis.

	The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 

                            				-23-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those 
estimates.  Significant estimates included in these financial statements 
include the reserve for bad debts, reserve for warranty, inventory 
valuation reserve and certain accrued liabilities.

Inventories

	Inventories are carried and charged to revenue at standard cost, which 
is updated regularly and which approximates the lower of cost (first-in, 
first-out) or market.  Inventories are subject to rapid technological 
obsolescence.

Property and Equipment 

	Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight 
line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets as follows:

	Manufacturing and test equipment          3 - 7 years
	Office equipment and furniture            5 - 7 years
	Equipment leased to others                    5 years
	Leasehold improvements and other assets   3 - 8 years
 
	Leasehold improvements and assets under capital lease are amortized on 
a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset or the 
related lease term, whichever is shorter.  Certain manufacturing and test 
equipment are subject to technological obsolescence.  Maintenance and repair 
costs are charged to operations when incurred; additions and improvements are 
capitalized.  Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the asset disposed of and 
the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any 
resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income.  

Intangible Assets

	Patent and software license agreements are carried at cost less 
accumulated amortization which is calculated on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful lives.  These assets are amortized generally over 
periods from three to ten years.  At January 31, 1996 and 1995, 
approximately $1,975,000 and $2,519,000 of net intangible assets are 
included in other assets.   At January 31, 1996 and 1995, accumulated 
amortization is $1,032,000 and $633,000, respectively.  The Company 
continuously evaluates the realizeability of intangibles and accelerated 
the writeoff of approximately $200,000 and $300,000 of intangible assets in 
fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts

	The Company periodically enters into forward foreign exchange contracts 
to hedge specific scheduled foreign currency denominated sales. Effects of 
changes in currency rates are therefore minimized and any gains or losses 
are recognized as part of the underlying transactions being hedged.  The 
parties to these financial instruments consist of large financial 
institutions.  The Company monitors its positions and the credit ratings of 
the parties to these financial instruments, and by policy, limits the 
amounts of credit exposure to any one party.  While the Company may be 
exposed to potential losses due to credit risk in the event of non-
performance by the parties to these financial instruments, it does not 
anticipate losses.  There were no open foreign exchange contracts at 
January 31, 1996.

Royalty Expense

	Royalty expense with respect to sales of product under royalty 
agreements is recorded when revenue is recognized.

Warranty Costs

	The Company generally warrants its products for one to two years after 
delivery.  A provision for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time 
revenue is recognized.

                             				-24-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Revenue Recognition

	Product revenues are recognized at the time the hardware and/or 
software is shipped, collection is probable and no significant post shipment 
obligations remain.  Unearned billings are recorded as deferred revenues.  
Products shipped for customer trials are carried in finished goods 
inventory until customer acceptance is obtained, at which time revenue is 
recognized.  Installation fees are recognized when products are installed.  
Revenue from sales type leases and the associated cost of revenue is 
recognized upon shipment of the equipment to customers. Interest income is 
recognized over the life of the sale type lease.  Rental income on 
equipment under operating leases is recognized ratably over the lease term, 
and the related equipment is depreciated over its estimated useful life.  
Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance 
contract.  

	The Company's products are standard hardware and software configurations 
which are developed according to internally generated product 
specifications.  Development costs for standard product configurations are 
charged to research and development expense as incurred.   Development work 
is frequently required for new customers in order to adapt otherwise 
standard products to specific languages, user interfaces and network 
interfaces.  From time to time, customers may contract for custom 
modifications and enhancements to standard product configurations.  The 
proceeds from the sale of such modifications and enhancements as well as 
the excess of customer funding received over and above associated costs are 
included in revenues upon shipment of the related hardware and/or software.   
Such revenues for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994 
were approximately $2,978,000, $10,483,000, and $850,000, respectively.   

Software Development Costs 

	Software development costs are expensed as incurred until technological 
feasibility has been established.  At the present time, the Company 
believes that under its current process for developing software, the 
software is essentially completed concurrently with the establishment of 
technological feasibility.  Software development costs incurred after the 
establishment of technological feasibility, which would be eligible for 
capitalization, have not been significant and have not been capitalized.

Contract Accounting

	Earnings on long-term contracts are determined on the percentage of 
completion method, based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the 
total estimated costs or the ratio of the number of units completed to date 
to the total number of units to be completed.  Provisions are made 
currently for all known or anticipated losses.  Costs or earnings in excess 
of billings are classified in inventory as work-in-process and represent 
amounts not yet billed under the terms of the contract but are recoverable 
from customers.  The Company has entered into two contracts requiring the 
modification of existing products to meet customer specifications.  As of 
January 31, 1996 the Company has included in inventory $675,000 in costs 
related to one of these custom development contracts.   Under the terms of 
this contract, the Company would receive reimbursement for these costs if 
the contract were cancelled.  The second contract is with AT&T (see Note 8).  

Customer Funding

	The Company is involved in several software research and development 
programs that are funded in whole or in part by its customers.  Customer 
funding is recognized as a reduction to research and development expense, 
and is recognized as development activities occur.  Amounts received from 
customers for research and development funding are included on the balance 
sheet as deferred customer funding until they are recognized.  Customer 
funding offsets against research and development expense for the years 
ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 amounted to approximately $5,051,000, 
$8,162,000 and $3,241,000, respectively.

Income Taxes

	The Company utilizes the asset and liability approach of accounting for 
income taxes, as set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (FAS 109).  Under the asset and 
liability approach, deferred taxes are determined based on the difference 
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities 
using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are 
expected to reverse.    

                            				-25-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Net Income Per Share

	Net income per share is computed based on the weighted average number of 
common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding.  Primary and 
fully-diluted earnings per share are the same for all periods presented.  

3.  SALES TYPE LEASES

	The Company has entered into several sales type leases for its products.  
At January 31, 1996, the future minimum payments receivable under these 
arrangements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Sales type  
  Years Ending January 31,                   leases      
                                           ----------
 <S>                                       <C>
 1997                                      $3,476,000
 1998                                         856,000
                                           ----------
                                            4,332,000
 Less: unearned income                     (1,204,000)
                                           ----------
 Net investment in sales type leases        3,128,000
 Less: current portion                     (2,771,000)
                                           ----------
	Long term portion                         $  357,000
                                           ==========
</TABLE>

4.  INVENTORIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Inventories at January 31, consist of:
                                     1996            1995
                                     ----            ----
 <S>                             <C>              <C>
 Materials and purchased parts    $8,179,000      $3,285,000
 Work in process                   6,858,000       4,349,000
 Finished goods                    1,914,000         664,000
                                  ----------      ----------
                            					$16,951,000      $8,298,000
                                  ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

5.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Property and equipment at January 31, consist of:

                                               1996            1995
                                               ----            ----
 <S>                                       <C>             <C>
 Manufacturing and test equipment          $20,531,000     $13,900,000
 Office equipment and furniture              5,741,000       5,007,000
 Equipment leased to others                    207,000         207,000
 Leasehold improvements and other assets       542,000         361,000
                                            ----------      ----------
                                            27,021,000      19,475,000
	Less:  accumulated depreciation 
	       and amortization                   (16,424,000)    (12,001,000)
                                            ----------      ----------
                                           $10,597,000     $ 7,474,000
                                            ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

Depreciation expense totaled $4,423,000, $3,108,000 and $2,809,000 for the 
years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.    

6. JOINT VENTURE

	During fiscal 1996, the Company entered into a joint venture with a 
company that formerly acted as distributor of the Company's products in 
Brazil.  Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, the Company is 
committed to provide a minimum of $3,000,000 for working capital purposes, 
of which $1,000,000 has been paid at January 31, 1996 and is included in 
other assets.  Another $1,000,000 is to be provided during fiscal 1997, and 
the final $1,000,000 is to be provided on or before March 1997.  The 
Company's ownership interest in the joint venture is 30%, which will be 
accounted for using the equity method.  

	In addition to all necessary personnel, assets and related business 
activities, the former distributor has assigned its exclusive distribution 
agreement with the Company to the joint venture, thereby establishing the 

	                              			-26-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
joint venture as the exclusive distributor of the Company's products in 
Brazil.  The Company has committed to provide all necessary marketing, 
sales and customer service personnel to assist the joint venture in 
developing marketing and sales plans, and to provide technical assistance 
on customer service matters.  At January 31, 1996, no operating activity 
had been incurred by the joint venture.

	The Company also presently has a significant business relationship with 
the joint venture partner, as a customer of the Company.  At January 31, 
1996, the joint venture partner owed approximately $7,321,000 to the 
Company, which is included in accounts receivable and investment in sales 
type leases.

7.  ACCRUED EXPENSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accrued expenses at January 31, consist of:

                                              1996            1995
                                              ----            ----
 <S>                                       <C>            <C>
 Accrued payroll, vacation and bonuses     $1,664,000     $1,800,000
 Accrued commissions                        1,683,000      2,946,000
 Accrued warranty                           1,352,000        788,000
 Accrued subcontract fees                   1,241,000      1,346,000
 Other accrued expenses                     4,041,000      3,349,000 
                                            ---------     ----------
                                           $9,981,000    $10,229,000
                                           ==========    ===========
</TABLE>

8.  AT&T CONTRACT ACCRUAL

	In November, 1995 the Company entered into an agreement with AT&T to 
supply its Access NP Network Services Platform and AccessMAX object-
oriented software.  Pursuant to this agreement, the Company issued to AT&T 
warrants to purchase 4,908,800 shares of its common stock at an exercise 
price of $14.00 per share.  The warrants become exerciseable in five equal 
annual increments of 981,760 shares each, commencing with the first 
anniversary date of the grant, and remain exerciseable for thirty months 
after first becoming exerciseable.  In the event that any person or entity 
acquires a majority of the Company's outstanding voting securities, the 
warrants will become immediately exerciseable in full.  Any stock issued as 
a result of the exercise of the warrants would be for AT&T's investment 
purposes only, and would be "restricted securities" under Rule 144 of the 
Securities Act of 1933.  Through December 31, 2000, AT&T is restricted from 
acquiring greater than a 30% ownership of Boston Technology's outstanding 
common stock.

	The Company estimates that compliance with the terms of the Agreement 
would result in a $21,000,000 loss, which was recognized in the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 1996, establishing the AT&T Contract Accrual.  
Approximately $18,940,000 in related expenses have been charged to this 
accrual as of January 31, 1996, including $18,600,000 for the fair value of 
the warrants issued to AT&T.  The fair market value of the warrants was 
based on an evaluation performed by an investment banking firm. 

9. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Long-term debt at January 31, consists of:

                                                  1996           1995
                                                  ----           ----
<S>                                             <C>           <C>
Note payables--patent license agreements        $275,000      $1,042,000
		
       	Less: current portion                   (275,000)       (542,000)
                                                --------       ---------
                                                $     --      $  500,000
                                                ========       =========
</TABLE>
	The Company has entered into several patent license agreements (the 
"Agreements") whereby the Company obtained a non-exclusive license to make, 
have made, use and sell certain inventions relating to voice messaging and 
voice processing covered by the claims of the patents.  The license fees 
are due in installments through fiscal year 1996. In addition, some of the 
Agreements provide that the Company shall pay to the licensor a royalty 
based on a percentage of defined revenues derived by the Company from the 
use, sale, lease or rental of the products incorporating the licensed 

                             				-27-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
technology.  Royalty expense relating to the Agreements was $902,000, 
$199,000 and $85,000 for the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, 
respectively.

	The note payable of $275,000 at January 31, 1996 represents a payment 
made by the Company in February, 1996 for the settlement of a patent 
license agreement.  The balance decreased from $500,000 at January 31, 1995 
due to a mutually agreed reduction in the settlement amount.

Credit Agreements

	The Company maintains a $25,000,000 revolving credit facility with two  
banks.  Borrowings are collateralized by the Company's accounts receivable 
and inventories and bear interest at the prime rate (8.5% at January 31, 
1996).  The credit facility is scheduled to expire on July 6, 1997.  This 
revolving credit facility also has a 1/2 of 1% annual commitment fee on the 
unused portion.  The facility contains quarterly covenants which, among 
other things, require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, 
specified levels of equity, and other restrictions.  At January 31, 1996 
and 1995, stand-by letters of credit of approximately $203,000 and 
$792,000, respectively, had been issued under this agreement.

	The Company also has available an aggregate $50,000,000 uncollateralized 
lines of credit for foreign exchange contracts with two banks.  These lines 
of credit are scheduled to expire on July 6, 1997.  At January 31, 1996 and 
1995, there were no outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts.     

10.  INCOME TAXES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The provision for income taxes at January 31, consists of the following:

                                           1996         1995         1994
                                           ----         ----         ----
   Federal and foreign income taxes:
      <S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>
      Currently payable                 $1,689,000   $5,135,000   $2,158,000
      Deferred                          (1,584,000)     (95,000)     (40,000)
                                        ----------    ---------    ---------
                                           105,000    5,040,000    2,118,000
   State income taxes:
      Currently payable                    313,000      483,000      490,000
      Deferred                            (313,000)       4,000      (10,000)
                                        ----------    ---------    ---------
                                                --      487,000      480,000

       	       Total                      $105,000   $5,527,000   $2,598,000
</TABLE>

	The difference between taxes at the statutory federal income tax rate 
and the Company's effective income tax rate for the years ended January 31, 
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1996        1995         1994
                                             ----        ----         ----
<S>                                     <C>           <C>          <C>
Tax at the federal income tax rate      $(5,105,000)  $6,465,000   $3,160,000
State income tax, net of federal 
   tax benefit                                   --      539,000      309,000
Tax credits                                (708,000)  (1,723,000)    (526,000)
Tax effect of AT&T warrants issued for
   which no deduction is available        6,510,000           --           --
Tax benefit of net operating loss 
   carryforwards                                 --           --     (231,000)
Foreign sales corporation benefit          (466,000)    (204,000)    (139,000)
Other                                      (126,000      450,000       25,000
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------
Provision for income taxes                 $105,000   $5,527,000   $2,598,000
</TABLE>

	A valuation reserve against net deferred assets is required if, based 
upon weighted available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or 
all the of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  Based on the 
Company's projection of future earnings, management believes that sufficient 
income will be generated in the future to realize the deferred tax asset.  
The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizeable, 

                             				-28-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
however, could be reduced in the near term if future taxable income is 
reduced.  Accordingly, the Company has provided no valuation reserve for 
deferred tax assets at January 31, 1996.

The components of the net deferred tax asset as of January 31, consist of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1996           1995
                                    ----           ----
Deferred tax assets:
   <S>                           <C>             <C>
   Reserves                      $3,081,000      $1,283,000
   Depreciation                    (665,000)       (666,000)
   Other                            131,000         196,000
                                  ---------       ---------
Total deferred tax assets        $2,547,000      $  813,000

Deferred tax liabilities: 
   Deferred compensation             22,000              --
   Sales type lease                 445,000         630,000
                                  ---------       ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities   $  467,000       $ 630,000
                                 ----------       ---------  
Net deferred tax asset           $2,080,000       $ 183,000
                                 ==========       =========
</TABLE>

	The Company has income taxes receivable of $3,886,000 at January 31, 
1996, primarily representing estimated refunds receivable resulting from 
federal and state income tax payments made during fiscal 1996.  The tax 
benefits related to the $18,600,000 charge for the AT&T warrants (see Note 
8) are contingent upon the timing of the exercise of the warrants and the 
stock value at that time.  The tax benefit, if any, is not included in the 
deferred tax asset.

11.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

	The Company leases a building in Wakefield, Massachusetts that is being 
used as its principal manufacturing facility and corporate headquarters.  
The lease expires in fiscal 2004, and is renewable for an additional five-
year term.  In addition, the Company has the option to purchase the 
property at the greater of $35,500,000 or fair market value, at any time 
after November 15, 1995.  The Company also leases office facilities and 
certain equipment under various operating leases expiring at various dates 
through fiscal 2000.

	As of January 31, 1996, the future minimum payments under operating  
leases are as follows:
		
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Years Ending January 31,
      <S>                       <C>
      1997                       $4,025,000
      1998                        3,725,000
      1999                        3,461,000
      2000                        3,436,000
      2001                        3,329,000
      Beyond                      8,477,000
                                 ----------
Total minimum lease payments    $26,453,000
</TABLE>

	Rent expense was $2,875,000, $2,071,000 and $1,648,000 for the years 
ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

	During fiscal 1995, the Company received $1,741,000 from the sale of 
sales type lease receivables, and at January 31, 1996, was contingently 
liable for $1,278,000.

	During fiscal 1996, the Company entered into a volume purchase 
agreement with one of its key suppliers.  Under the terms of the agreement, 
the Company issued a non-cancelable purchase order to purchase a total of 
$11,311,000 in production materials in return for substantial price 
discounts.  In accordance with the payment terms, the Company prepaid 
$1,131,000, which is included in prepaid assets at January 31, 1996.  
Delivery of the materials and payment of the remaining balance will take 
place during fiscal 1997.

	On or about November 16, 1995, a complaint was filed in the United 
States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania captioned 

                            				-29-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
"John Eades v. Boston Technology, Inc., Greg C. Carr, Francis E. Girard, 
Joseph E. Norberg, Paul W. DeLacey, William J. Burke and John C.W. Taylor", 
Civil Action No. 95-CV-7236.  On or about November 20 and 21, 1995, 
respectively, essentially identical complaints were filed in the same court 
captioned "Jacob Turner v. Boston Technology, Inc., Greg C. Carr, Francis E. 
Girard, Joseph E. Norberg, Paul W. DeLacey, William J. Burke and John C.W. 
Taylor", Civil Action No. 95-CV-7295, and "Gerald Tobin v. Boston Technolgy, 
Inc., Greg C. Carr, Francis E. Girard, Joseph E. Norberg, Paul W. DeLacey, 
William J. Burke and John C.W. Taylor", Civil Action No. 95-CV-7317.  Each 
of the plaintiffs purports to represent a class of purchasers of the common 
stock of the Company between and including May 17, 1995 through November 
15, 1995.  Each complaint claims that the named defendants violated Section 
10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 10b-5 promulgated 
pursuant thereto, by virtue of false or misleading statements made during 
the class period.  Each complaint claims that the individual defendants are 
liable as "control persons" under Section 20(a) of that Act.  In addition, 
the complaints claim that the individual defendants sold some of their own 
common stock of the Company, during the purported class period, at times 
when the market price for the stock allegedly was inflated.  No response 
has been made to the three complaints, which have been consolidated by the 
Court.  The plaintiffs are required to file an amended complaint which will 
govern proceedings in all three cases on or before May 6, 1996.  Boston 
Technology and the defendants deny the allegations and intend to contest 
these cases vigorously.

	On December 29, 1995, AudioFAX, Inc., a Georgia corporation, brought a 
breach of contract action and a patent infringement action against the 
Company in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, 
Atlanta division, alleging breach of contract and infringement of certain 
of its facsimile processing patents (the "AudioFAX Patents").  In its 
Complaint, AudioFAX is seeking to enjoin Boston Technology from allegedly 
continuing to breach the technology license agreement between the parties, 
to enjoin the Company from allegedly continuing to infringe the AudioFAX 
Patents, and to be awarded an unspecified amount of compensatory damages in 
excess of $50,000, treble damages as a result of the alleged willful 
infringement, and interest, expenses and attorneys' fees.  The parties are 
engaged in settlement discussions and have stipulated that the Company will 
file an Answer to AudioFAX's action by May 17, 1996.  Boston Technology 
believes that it does not infringe any valid, enforceable claim of the 
AudioFAX Patents.  The Company intends to contest AudioFAX's claims 
vigorously.  However, if a final decision is reached on the merits of the 
action and the Company is found to have infringed the AudioFAX Patents, 
such a decision may have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

	No loss provisions have been made for these lawsuits.

12.  STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

	In May 1991, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Stockholder 
Rights Plan pursuant to which common stock purchase rights ("Rights") were 
distributed as a dividend at the rate of one Right for each share of common 
stock held as of May 31, 1991, and one Right will be issued for each share 
of common stock issued after May 31, 1991 and before the Rights become 
exercisable.  Each Right entitles the holder of common stock to purchase 
four-tenths of one share of common stock at an exercise price of $12.40 per 
Right ($31.00 per share).  The Rights will be exercisable only if a person 
or group has acquired beneficial ownership of 20 percent or more of common 
stock (excluding persons or groups beneficially owning 20 percent or more 
as of May 9, 1991) or announces a tender or exchange offer that would 
result in such person or group owning 30 percent or more of the common 
stock.  If any person becomes the beneficial owner of 25 percent or more of 
the common stock, except pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all 
shares at a fair price as determined by the outside Board members, or if a 
20 percent or more shareholder consolidates or merges into or engages in 
certain self-dealing transactions with the Company, or if there occurs any 
reclassification, merger or other transaction or transactions which 
increases by more than 1 percent the proportionate share of the Company's 
outstanding common stock held by a 20 percent or more shareholder, each 
Right not owned by a 20 percent or more shareholder will enable its holder 
to purchase that number of shares of common stock which equals the exercise 
price of the Right divided by one-half of the current market price of such 
common stock at the date of the occurrence of the event.  The Company will 
generally be entitled to redeem the Rights at $.02 per Right at any time 
until the tenth day following the public announcement that a 20 percent 
stock position has been acquired and in certain other circumstances.  The 
Rights expire on May 31, 2001 unless earlier redeemed or exchanged.

                              				-30-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
13.  STOCK OPTIONS

	The Company has issued options to purchase shares of common stock to 
officers and employees under employment agreements, and to officers, 
employees and directors under various Company stock option plans.  The 
following table summarizes stock option transactions under all plans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Option           Option Price
                                    Shares              Range
                                   ________        ________________
<S>                               <C>              <C>     
Outstanding, January 31, 1993     2,786,158        $  2.00 - $ 9.75
	
     Granted                        597,653        $  6.63 - $11.50
     Exercised                     (521,309)       $  2.00 -  $4.50
     Canceled                      (311,063)       $  2.00 -  $7.75

Outstanding, January 31, 1994     2,551,439        $  2.00 - $11.50
	 
     Granted                        941,714        $  8.75 - $17.75
     Exercised                     (482,431)       $  2.00 - $12.31
     Canceled                      (101,265)       $  2.13 - $11.50
				
Outstanding, January 31, 1995     2,909,457        $  2.00 - $16.56

     Granted                      1,041,600        $ 11.06 - $15.75
     Exercised                     (667,301)       $  2.00 - $14.33
     Canceled                      (152,408)       $  3.25 - $12.75

Outstanding, January 31, 1996     3,131,348        $  2.00 - $17.75


Exercisable at January 31, 1996   1,376,467        $  2.00 - $17.75
</TABLE>

Directors' Stock Option Plan

	In connection with the election of directors, the Company granted 
options to purchase 95,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices of 
$2.06 or $2.75 per share, vesting in two equal annual installments 
commencing one year from the date of issuance and exercisable at any time 
prior to November 1995, and options to purchase 20,000 shares of common 
stock at an exercise price of $2.81, vesting immediately and exercisable at 
any time prior to December 5, 2001, in fiscal 1991 and fiscal 1992, 
respectively.  The exercise price for all options was the fair market value 
at date of grant.  

	   During fiscal 1993, the stockholders of the Company approved the 
1992 Directors' Stock Option Plan (the " 1992 Directors' Plan").  The 1992 
Directors' Plan provides for the granting of non-transferable non-qualified 
options to purchase a maximum of 135,000 shares of the Company's common 
stock to outside (i.e., non-employee) directors of the Company.  The option 
price is equal to the fair market value at date of grant.  Each eligible 
director was granted an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock 
annually commencing March 1, 1992 through and including March 1, 1994, 
provided the individual was an eligible director on the date of grant.  All 
options granted under the 1992 Directors' Plan are immediately exercisable 
in full upon grant, provided however, that no options granted under the 
1992 Directors' Plan may be exercised more than six months after the 
optionee ceases to serve as a director of the Company, and all options 
terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.  The 1992 
Directors' Plan terminates upon the earlier of December 31, 1994 or the 
date on which all shares available for issuance under the 1992 Directors' 
Plan have been issued.

	During  fiscal 1995, the stockholders of the Company approved an 
Amendment to the 1992 Directors' Plan which increased the number of shares 
authorized to be issued under the 1992 Directors' Plan from 135,000 to 

                            				-31-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
150,000 shares of the Company's common stock to outside directors of the 
Company.  All other terms and conditions of the 1992 Directors' Plan 
remained the same.  During fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993, options to purchase 
60,000, 45,000 and 45,000 shares of common stock, respectively, were 
automatically issued to eligible directors; and 15,000 shares were 
exercised during 1996. 

	During  fiscal 1996, the stockholders of the Company approved the 1995 
Director Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Director Plan"). The 1995 Director 
Plan provides for the granting of non-transferable non-qualified options to 
purchase a maximum of 180,000 shares of the Company's common stock to 
eligible outside (i.e., non-employee) directors of the Company on March 1, 
1995.  Accordingly, on March 1, 1995, 120,000 shares of the Company's 
common stock were issued to the eligible directors at an exercise price of 
$13.63 per shares, the closing sale price of the Company's common stock on 
the Nasdaq National Market on the date of grant.  The 1995 Director Plan 
also provides that an option to purchase 30,000 shares shall be granted to 
an eligible director  upon his or her initial election as a director.  All 
options granted under the 1995 Director Plan vest and become exercisable in 
increments of 10,000 each on the date of the first, second and third annual 
meetings of the stockholders following the date of grant. 

Employment Agreements

	Under employment agreements, certain officers and employees have been 
granted non-qualified options to purchase 376,892 shares of the Company's 
common stock at prices ranging from $2.00 to $11.50, which equaled fair 
market value at the date of grant.  Options become exercisable in annual 
installments over one to ten years and expire ten years from the date of 
grant.  Options to purchase 17,500, 30,967 and 32,300 shares of common 
stock were exercised during the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 
1994, respectively.  As of January 31, 1996, 15,065 shares remained 
available for future option grants.

1989 Stock Option Plan

	During fiscal 1993, the stockholders of the Company approved an increase 
in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 1989 Stock Option 
Plan ("the Plan") to an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares.  The Plan was also 
amended to authorize the grant of non-statutory options, in addition to 
incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986.  The maximum term for options granted under 
the Plan is ten years (five years for holders of more than 10% of the 
Company's common stock).  The exercise price at which shares of common 
stock may be purchased upon exercise of options granted under the Plan must 
equal at least 100% (110% for holders of more than 10% of the Company's 
common stock) of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of 
grant.  The aggregate fair market value (determined at the time of grant) 
of shares for which incentive stock options granted under the Plan are 
exercisable for the first time by the optionee in any one calendar year may 
not exceed $100,000.  During the years ended January 31, 1994 and 1993, 
options to purchase 422,095 and 1,382,333 shares of common stock had been 
granted and were exercisable at prices ranging from $6.63 to $11.50 and 
$2.50 to $9.75, respectively.  As of January 31, 1996, 2,281,698 shares had 
been issued upon option exercises and 82,106 shares remained available for 
future stock option grants. 

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

	During fiscal 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company, subject to 
stockholder approval, amended the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Incentive 
Plan") to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance to an 
aggregate of 2,500,000.  The Incentive Plan provides for the granting of 
shares issuable pursuant to incentive stock options, non-statutory stock 
options, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, restricted stock 
awards or non-restricted stock awards to employees, officers, directors, 
consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries.  During the 
years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, 921,600, 839,714  and 82,283 
stock options had been granted at prices ranging from $11.06 to $15.75, 
$8.75 to $17.75, and $11.50, respectively.  As of January 31, 1996, 39,767 
shares had been issued upon exercise of options, and 781,482 shares 
remained available for future option grants.

Options Granted by Stockholders

	During  fiscal 1993, the two founding stockholders of the Company, who 
were also directors of the Company at the time the options were granted, 
granted options to purchase an aggregate of 187,500 shares of common stock 
owned by them to certain employees of the Company in recognition of the 
contributions made by these employees to the Company.  The options were 
granted at fair market value at the time of grant.  As of January 31, 1996 

                             				-32-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and 1995, 75,000 options had been exercised at prices ranging from $3.31 to 
$5.00, and 112,500 options remained outstanding and exercisable at prices 
ranging from $3.31 to $5.00 per share.    No options were exercised during 
fiscal 1996.

	The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently issued Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based 
Compensation" (FAS 123).  Under FAS 123 the Company is required to elect 
either expense recognition or the disclosure-only alternative for stock 
based employee compensation.  The expense recognition provision encouraged 
by FAS 123 would require fair-value based financial accounting to recognize 
compensation expense for employee stock compensation plans.  FAS 123 must 
be adopted in the Company's fiscal 1997 financial statements with 
comparable disclosures for the prior years presented.  The Company has 
determined that it will elect the disclosure-only alternative.  The Company 
will be required to disclose the pro forma income or loss and the per share 
amounts in the notes to the financial statements using the fair value based 
method.  The Company has not determined the impact of these pro forma 
adjustments.

14.  MAJOR CUSTOMERS

	Substantially all of the Company's revenues were attributable to sales 
to the network operator market.  The following table summarizes revenues 
from major customers for the years ended January 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1996    1995    1994
                                   ----    ----    ----
         <S>                       <C>     <C>     <C>
         NTT (DoCoMo and ISDN)      27%     12%      4%
         DDI                        13      10       4
         Bell Atlantic              13      48      44
         Southwestern Bell          11       9      14
         BellSouth                   6       4      13
         All others                 30      17      21
                                   ---     ---     ---
                 Total             100%    100%    100%               
</TABLE>

Geographically, the Company's revenues for the years ended January 31, are 
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1996    1995    1994
                                   ----    ----    ----
         <S>                       <C>     <C>     <C>
         North America              40%     67%     80%
         Asia                       52      29      11
         South America               4       4       6
         Other                       4      --       3  
                                  ----    ----    ----
               		Total             100%    100%    100%               
</TABLE>

15.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

	The Company has an Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (the 
"Savings Plan"), under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 
as amended.  All employees of the Company, including executive officers, 
are eligible to participate in the Savings Plan.  A participating employee 
may elect to defer on a pre-tax basis up to 15% of his or her salary.  This 
amount, plus a matching amount provided by the Company, is contributed to 
the Savings Plan.  All amounts granted vest in their entirety upon 
completion of one year of service. The full amount vested in a 
participant's account will be distributed to a participant upon termination 
of employment, retirement, disability or death.  Company contributions to 
the Savings Plan for the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 
amounted to $321,000, $268,000, and $184,000, respectively.

	The Company does not currently offer postretirement benefits, and the 
effect of postemployment benefits is immaterial.   As of December 31, 1993, 
the Company implemented the Officers' Deferred Compensation Plan (the Plan) 
providing elected officers with the opportunity to participate in an 
unfunded, deferred compensation program.  Under the Plan,  officers may 
defer up to 100% of their base salary and/or incentive compensation until 
retirement, separation or a fixed date at least five (5) years from the 
date of election.  The deferred amounts are retained as Company assets and 
are included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  The 
deferred amounts are invested, at the officer's election, in either 
treasury bonds or a designated mutual fund.  Officers are 100% vested in 
their deferral balances at all times. The total amount deferred under the 

                             				-33-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Plan, which is reflected in other long-term liabilities, was $90,000 and 
$147,000 as of January 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The expense for 
the Plan was $9,000 in fiscal 1995, there was no expense in fiscal 1996.       

16.  EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

	Under the 1991 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1991 Stock Purchase 
Plan"), all employees who had completed three months of employment, except 
for those employees who possessed at least 5% of the voting power of the 
Company's common stock were entitled, through payroll deductions of amounts 
up to 10% of his or her base salary, to purchase shares of the Company's 
common stock at the lesser of 85% of the market price at the offering 
commencement date or the offering termination date.  

	During fiscal 1994, the stockholders of the Company approved the 1993 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1993 Stock Purchase Plan").  The 1993 
Stock Purchase Plan was in all material respects identical to the 1991 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  This plan was closed during fiscal 1996 and 
was replaced by the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1995 Stock 
Purchase Plan").	
	
	During fiscal 1996, the stockholders of the Company approved the 1995 
Stock Purchase Plan.  The 1995 Stock Purchase Plan is in all material 
respects identical to the 1991 and 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plans.  The 
number of shares available for issuance under the 1995 Stock Purchase Plan 
is 200,000.  For the offering period ended February 29, 1996, 35,206 shares 
of common stock were issued to employees at a price of $10.63 per share.  
The number of shares available for subsequent offerings may be increased, 
at the election of the Board of Directors, by the shares, if any, which 
were made available but not purchased during any previous offerings.

17. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1996 Fiscal Quarter Ended
                             April 30     July 31    October 31  January 31
                             --------     -------    ----------  ----------
<S>                           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue                       $26,021     $26,127     $19,519     $33,600
Operating income (loss)         4,569       3,904      (5,205)    (19,057)
Net income (loss)               3,278       2,960      (3,378)    (17,750)
Net income (loss) per 
   share (a)                      .13         .11        (.14)       (.72)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1995 Fiscal Quarter Ended     
                             April 30    July 31    October 31   January 31
                             --------    -------    ----------   ----------
<S>                           <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>
Revenue                       $18,286    $21,78        $23,122      $25,866
Operating income                3,075      4,650         4,825        5,030
Net income                      2,266      3,381         3,541        3,756
Net income per share              .09        .13           .14          .14
</TABLE>

(a)  Earnings per common share calculations for each of the quarters were 
based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding for each period, 
and the sum of the quarters may not necessarily be equal to the full year 
earnings per common share amount.

                                				-34-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                       		REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



	Our report on the consolidated financial statements of Boston 
Technology, Inc. has been incorporated in this fiscal 1996 Annual Report to 
the Stockholders of Boston Technology, Inc. on Form 10-K.  In connection 
with our audits of such financial statements, we have also audited the 
related financial statement schedule listed in Item 14(a)(2) of this Form 
10-K.

	In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when 
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, 
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be 
included therein.


                                       /s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


Boston, Massachusetts
February 29, 1996






                                 				-35-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
	                        		Boston Technology, Inc.
            	    Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
             	  For the Years Ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Column A       Column B        Column C      Column D        Column E
       ________       ________        _________     ________        ________
                      Additions
                      Balance at      Charged to                   Balance at
                      Beginning       Costs and                        End
    Description       of Period       Expenses      Deductions      of Period
_____________________________________________________________________________

Accounts Receivable Allowance  - 
deducted from accounts receivable 
on the balance sheet:       

For the period ended January 31:            

   <S>                 <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>
   1996                $799,000         $997,000      $242,000      $1,554,000
   1995                 290,000          536,000        27,000         799,000
   1994                 150,000          144,000         4,000         290,000


Reserve for inactive, obsolete
and surplus inventory - deducted 
from inventories on the balance sheet:

For the period ended January 31:

   1996                $518,000         $440,000      $151,000        $807,000
   1995                 350,000          440,000       272,000         518,000
   1994                 300,000           92,000        42,000         350,000

</TABLE>

                                				-36-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
	       FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
	        None.

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to 
the Company's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be 
held on June 25, 1996 (the "Proxy Statement") under the captions "Election 
of Directors" and "Executive Officers." 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to 
the Proxy Statement under the captions "Compensation Tables," "Director 
Compensation,"  "Employment Agreements", "Employee Severance Benefit Plan" 
and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Inside Participation."

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to 
the Proxy Statement under the caption "Beneficial Ownership."
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to 
the Proxy Statement under the caption "Compensation Committee Interlocks 
and Insider Participation."

PART IV.

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of or are included in this 
	   Annual Report on Form 10-K:

	   1.   The financial statements listed in the Index to Consolidated 
		       Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial Statement 
		       Schedule, filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

	   2.   The financial statement schedule listed in the Index to 
		       Consolidated Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial 
		       Statement Schedule, filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

	   3.   The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index filed with or 
	       	incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K:  No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the 
	   Company during the last quarter of the year ended January 31, 1996.

                               				-37-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                             				SIGNATURES

	Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:   April 26, 1996 
                                        BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                                        By: /s/ JOHN C. W. TAYLOR
                                        __________________________
                                        John C. W. Taylor, Ph.D.
                                        President and Chief
                                        Executive Officer

	Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf 
of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Signature                      Title                            Date
  ---------                      ------                           ----
							     
<S>                          <S>                                <S>
/s/ GREG C. CARR             Chairman of the Board              April 26, 1996
__________________________   of Directors      
Greg C. Carr
			    
/s/ RICHARD J. CONNAUGHTON   Director                           April 26, 1996
__________________________        
Richard J. Connaughton

/s/ HERMAN B. LEONARD        Director                           April 26, 1996
__________________________        
Herman B. Leonard

/s/ JOSEPH E. NORBERG        Director                           April 26, 1996
__________________________        
Joseph E. Norberg

/s/ RICHARD K. SNELLING      Director                           April 26, 1996
__________________________
Richard K. Snelling

/s/ JOHN C. W. TAYLOR        Director, President and Chief      April 26, 1996
__________________________   Executive Officer
John C. W. Taylor            (principal executive officer)

/s/ CAROL B. LANGER          Senior Vice President of Finance   April 26, 1996
__________________________   and Administration, Chief Financial 
Carol B. Langer              Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
			     (principal financial officer)

/s/ DAVID J. BEAUREGARD      Corporate Controller               April 26, 1996
__________________________   (principal accounting officer)
David J. Beauregard
				
                                 				-38-<PAGE>
<PAGE>
			
                           			   EXHIBIT INDEX
       Exhibit
       Number      Title
       ________   ________

(2)     3.1     -Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended
(9)     3.2     -By-laws of the Registrant, as amended
(9)     4.1     -Specimen Common Stock Certificate
(10)    4.2     -Shareholder Rights Agreement dated as of May 9, 1991 between 
              		 the Registrant and The First National Bank of Boston
(1)     4.2(a)  -Assignment of Shareholder Rights Agreemment
(1)     10.1    -$25 Million Credit Agreement dated January 31, 1996 between 
              		 the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank and CoreStates Bank
(1)t    10.2    -AT&T Memorandum of Agreement dated November 22, 1995
(6)     10.3    -Lease dated November 5, 1990 between the Registrant and 
              		 Wakefield Park Limited Partnership
(3)     10.4    -First Amendment dated as of March 31, 1993 to Lease dated 
              		 November 5, 1990 between the Registrant and Wakefield Park 
              		 Limited Partnership
(4)     10.5    -Second Amendment dated as of August 31, 1994  to Lease dated 
              		 November 5, 1990 between the Registrant and Wakefield Park 
              		 Limited Partnership
(9)     10.6    -License Agreement dated November 15, 1988 between the 
              		 Registrant and VMX, Inc
(7)     10.7    -License Agreement dated January 22, 1990 between the 
              		 Registrant and Dytel Corporation
(5)     10.8    -Settlement Agreement dated December 28, 1993 between the
              		 Registrant and Theis Research, Inc. and Peter F. Theis
(2)*    10.9    -1995 Director Stock Option Plan
(5)*    10.10   -1992 Directors' Stock Option Plan, as amended
(5)*    10.11   -1994 Stock Incentive Plan
(8)*    10.12   -1989 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended
(9)*    10.13   -Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
(10)*   10.14   -Employee Severance Benefit Plan
(1)     11.     -Statement of Weighted Shares Used in Computation of Earnings 
              		 Per Share
(1)     23.     -Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P
(1)     27.     -Financial Data Schedule
__________________________                                

(1)     Filed herewith.
(2)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the 
       	period ended July 31, 1995.
(3)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the 
       	period ended October 31, 1993.
(4)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the 
       	fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.
(5)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the 
       	fiscal year ended January 31, 1994.
(6)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the 
       	fiscal year ended January 31, 1991.
(7)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the 
       	fiscal year ended January 31, 1990.
(8)     Incorporated by reference to the Definitive Proxy Materials for the 
       	Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders held July 14, 1992.
(9)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Form S-1 (Registration 
       	No. 33-32134).
(10)    Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Form 8-K dated May 9, 
        1991.
*       Management contract, compensation plan or arrangement filed as an 
       	exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.
t       Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions.

                                				-39-<PAGE>
     


</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                            EXHIBIT 4.2(a)


                                 AGREEMENT

Boston Technology, Inc. ("the Company") hereby appoints State Street Bank
and Trust Company ("the Successor") as Rights Agent, and the Successor hereby
agrees to serve as Rights Agent, under the Rights Agreement ("the Agreement")
dated as of May 9, 1991 by and between the Company and the First National 
Bank of Boston, such appointment to be effective as of January 16, 1995 (the
"Commencement Date").  From and after the Commencement Date, the parties 
hereto agree that the Successor shall be vested with the same powers, rights, 
duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent
under the Agreement without further act or deed.  The address of the Successor
for any notice given or made under Section 25 of the Agreement shall be: 

      State Street Bank and Trust Company
      225 Franklin Street
      Boston, Massachusetts  02110
      Attention: Corporate Stock Transfer Division

EXECUTED as of the 26th day of April, 1996.


                                        STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                                        By: \s\Stephen Cesso
                                        __________________________
                                        Name: Stephen Cesso
                                        Title: Corporate Counsel


                                        BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, Inc.

                                        By: \s\Carol B. Langer
                                        ____________________________
                                        Name: Carol B. Langer
                                        Title: Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1
								PAGE 1 OF 62

        Dated as of January 31, 1996

                  among


	    BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Borrower,

	      SILICON VALLEY BANK as Lender,

	     CORESTATES BANK, N.A., as Lender,
			               and
   		 SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Agent

					

Line of Credit Commitment

Up To $25,000,000


Section 5       Representations and Warranties
	5.1     Corporate Status        
	5.2     No Violation
	5.3     Corporate Power and Authority
	5.4     Enforceability
	5.5     Governmental Approvals
	5.6     Financial Statements
	5.7     No Material Change
	5.8     Litigation.
	5.9     Compliance with Other Instruments; Compliance with Law
	5.10    Subsidiaries
	5.11    Investment Company, Status; Limits on Ability to Incur 
		Indebtedness
	5.12    Title to Property
	5.13    ERISA
	5.14    Taxes
	5.15    Environmental Matters
	5.16    Intellectual Property

Section 6       Affirmative Covenants.
	6.1     Maintenance of Existence
	6.2     Taxes and Other Liens
	6.3     Insurance
	6.4     Financial Statements, Etc.
	6.5     Notice of Default
	6.6     Environmental Matters
	6.7     ERISA Information
	6.8     Inspection
	6.9     Use of Proceeds
	6.10    Further Assurances
	6.11    Depository Accounts
	6.12    Subsidiaries
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1
								PAGE 2 OF 62 

Section 7       Negative Covenants
	7.1     ERISA.
	7.2     Transactions with  Affiliates
	7.3     Consolidation, Merger or Acquisition
	7.4     Disposition of Assets; Sales-Type Leases
	7.5     Indebtedness
	7.6     Liens
	7.7     Restricted Payments
	7.8     Investments.
	7.9     Sale and Leaseback
	7.10    Additional Stock Issuance by Subsidiaries
	7.11    Quick Ratio
	7.12    Minimum Profitability
	7.13    Leverage
	7.14    Tangible Net Worth

Section 8       Events of Default
	8.1     Events  of  Default
	8.2     Remedies Upon an Event of Default

Section 9       Definitions
	9.1     Certain Definitions

Section 10      Miscellaneous
	10.1    Accounting Terms and Definitions
	10.2    Amendments, Etc.
	10.3    Notices- Etc.
	10.4    No Waiver; Remedies
	10.5    Right of Set-off
	10.6    Expenses; Indemnification
	10.7    Binding Effect.
	10.8    Severability.
	10.9    GOVERNING LAW; AGREEMENT UNDER SEAL
	10.10   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	10.11   VENUE- CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS.
	10.12   Headings
	10.13   


Exhibits

	A-I     Amended and Restated Promissory Note (SVB)
	A-2     Amended and Restated Promissory Note (CoreStates)
	B       Confirmation of Borrowing Request
	C       Compliance Certificate
	D       Borrowing Base Certificate

Schedules

	A       Disclosure Schedule



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1
								PAGE 3 OF 62 

[Amending and Restating Commitment Letter dated as of January 31, 1991,
as Amended by Amendments thereto dated as of July 10, 1992, July 14, 1993, 
July 28, 1993, September 15, 1993 and July 11, 1994]

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of January 31, 1996, is 
entered into by and among BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware corporation 
with its principal place of business at I00 Quannapowitt Parkway, Wakefield, 
Massachusetts 01880 (the "Borrower"), SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California-
chartered bank, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, 
Santa Clara, California 95454 and a loan production office located at Wellesley 
Office Park, 40 William Street, Wellesley, Massachusetts 02181 doing business 
under the name Silicon Valley East (together with its successors, SVB"). 
CORESTATES BANK, N.A., a national banking association, with its principal 
place of business at 1345 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19107 
(together with its successors, "CoreStates") and SILICON VALLEY BANK as agent 
for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in such 
capacity, the "Agent").  This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety 
the Commitment Letter dated as of January 31, 1991 between the Borrower and 
SVB, as amended by amendments thereto dated as of July 10, 1992, July 14, 1993,
July 28, 1993, September 15, 1993 and July 11, 1994 (the 1991 Commitment 
Letter")

Section I      Line of Credit Loans.

1.1     Amount.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below, 
	each of the Lenders severally agrees to make loans (each a "Line of 
	Credit Loan" and, collectively, the "Line of Credit Loans") to the 
	Borrower under this Section 1.1 from time to time to and including 
	July 6, 1997 (the "Commitment Expiration Date"), unless the Total Line 
	of Credit Commitment is earlier terminated pursuant to Sections 1.9 
	or 1.10, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any one time 
	outstanding their respective Line of Credit Commitments, as set forth 
	in Section 1.2, and subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 
	1.6. Within the limit of the Total Line of Credit Commitment and the 
	limitation stated in Section 1.6, the Borrower may borrow, repay and 
	reborrow at any time or from time to time until the Commitment 
	Expiration Date or the termination of the Line of Credit Commitment, 
	whichever occurs earlier.

1.2     Line of Credit Commitment.  The Total Line of Credit Commitment 
	shall be, in the aggregate, $25,000,000; each of the Lenders shall 
	have a respective Line of Credit Commitment of $12,500,000.

1.3     Existing Indebtedness.  The Line of Credit Loans and other Extensions 
	of Credit made by the Lenders under this Agreement shall be deemed 
	to include any and all Extensions of Credit for which the Borrower 
	is indebted to the Lenders as of the date hereof under or with respect 
	to the 1991 Commitment Letter.  Interest on these Line of Credit Loans, 
	to the extent that they represent direct dollar borrowings, shall be 
	calculated from this date forward as if made hereunder on the date hereof.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1
								PAGE 4 OF 62 

1.4     Line of Credit Notes.  The Line of Credit Loans made by each Lender 
	shall be evidenced (i) in the case of SVB, by an amended and restated 
	promissory note payable to the order of SVB with interest in accordance 
	with the terms of the Amended and Restated Promissory Note of the 
	Borrower to be issued in substantially the form of attached Exhibit 
	A-1, dated the date hereof and (ii) in the case of CoreStates, by a 
	promissory note payable to the order of CoreStates with interest in 
	accordance with the terms of the Promissory Note of the Borrower to 
	be issued in substantially the form of attached Exhibit A-2, dated 
	the date hereof.  The Amended and Restated Promissory Note and the 
	Promissory Note are collectively referred to herein as the "Notes".

1.5     Requests For Line of Credit Loans.  (a) Whenever the Borrower desires 
	to obtain a Line of Credit Loan, it shall notify the Agent by telex, 
	telecopy or telephone call received no later than 1:00 p.m. (Boston 
	time) one Banking Day before the day on which the requested Line of 
	Credit Loan is to be made.  Such notice shall specify the effective 
	date and the amount of such Loan.  Each such notice (a "Notice of 
	Borrowing") shall be irrevocable and shall be immediately followed by 
	written confirmation in substantially the form of attached Exhibit B; 
	provided, however, that if the action requested in such written 
	confirmation differs in any material respect from the action taken by 
	the Agent for the account of the Lenders, the records of the Agent 
	concerning the instructions received from the Borrower shall control 
	absent manifest error.  Not later than 11:00 a.m. (Boston time) on 
	the date specified for the making of each such Line of Credit Loan, 
	each Lender shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this 
	Agreement, make available to the Borrower an amount equal to such 
	Lender's respective Commitment Percentage multiplied by the amount of 
	the Line of Credit Loan requested as set forth above, by crediting the 
	same, in immediately available funds, to the Borrower's regular 
	deposit account with either Lender, as specified by the Borrower.

1.6     Limitations on Extensions of Credit.

	The Borrower shall not permit or request the Lenders (or the Agent 
	acting on their behalf) to make any Extension of Credit that would 
	cause the sum of(a)  the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Line 
	of Credit Loans under this Agreement, plus(b)  the aggregate of (i) all 
	amounts available to be drawn under any Letters of Credit issued for 
	the account of the Borrower as provided in Section 1.9 below (involving 
	the dollar equivalent of all Letters of Credit issued in a currency 
	other than United States Dollar) and (ii) all unreimbursed drawings 
	under such Letters of Credit (the sum of (i) and (ii) referred to herein 
	as the "Letter of Credit Usage"), to exceed at any time an amount equal 
	to the Total Line of Credit Commitment then in effect.

	If the sum of the Extensions of Credit shall at any time exceed the 
	Total Line of Credit Commitment, the Borrower shall, on the next 
	Banking Day, prepay or repay (together with accrued interest thereon) 
	such principal amount of the Line of Credit Loans, any unreimbursed 
	drawings under such Letters of Credit such that, giving effect to such 
	prepayment or repayment, the sum of the Extensions of Credit shall 
	not exceed the Total Line of Credit Commitment.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1
								PAGE 5 OF 62 

1.7     Maturity Date of Line of Credit Loans and Other Extensions of Credit.  
	All Line of Credit Loans shall mature and the total unpaid principal 
	amount thereunder shall be due and payable on July 6, 1997 (the 
	"Maturity Date"), at which time all Extensions of Credit under this 
	Section 1, together with all accrued interest and other obligations 
	owed to the Lenders, shall also be immediately due and payable.

1.8     Termination of Commitment.  The Borrower, upon (a) at least two 
	(2) Banking Days' prior written notice to the Agent and the Lenders 
	in accordance with Section 2.6 and (b) the repayment in full of the 
	outstanding principal balance of the Line of Credit Loans and all 
	other Extensions of Credit (and accrued interest thereon) and the 
	payment in full of the unpaid balance of the Facility Fee provided 
	for in Section 4.8 through the Commitment Expiration Date together 
	with any expenses or other fees owed by the Borrower to the Agent or 
	the Lenders under or pursuant to this Agreement, may terminate 
	permanently the Total Line of Credit Commitment.

1.9     Letters of Credit. (a) Subject to the limitations stated in Section 
	1.6 and the requirements set forth below, the Borrower may use the 
	Line of Credit Commitment for Letters of Credit to be issued by either 
	Lender as designated from time to time by the Borrower (the "Issuing 
	Bank") for the account of the Borrower, provided that (i) the Borrower 
	executes and delivers a letter of credit application and reimbursement 
	agreement in the Issuing Bank's standard form and complies with any 
	conditions to the issuance of such Letter of Credit (including the 
	payment of any applicable fees) set forth therein, (ii) the Issuing 
	Bank approves the form of such Letter of Credit and the purpose of 
	its issuance; (iii) such Letter of Credit bears an expiration date 
	not later than the Commitment Expiration Date, provided,  however, 
	any such Letters of Credit may bear an expiration date up to 180 days 
	subsequent to the Commitment Expiration Date provided that the 
	Borrower maintains at all times during such extended period cash balances 
	with the Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of 
	such Letters of Credit; and (iv) the conditions set forth in Sections 
	4.2 and 4.3 below have been satisfied as of the date of the 
	issuance of such Letter of Credit.

(b)     The Issuing Bank shall not be obligated or permitted under this 
	Section 1.9 to issue any Standby Letter of Credit for the account of 
	the Borrower to the extent that the sum of (i) the amount that would 
	be available to be drawn under the proposed Standby Letter of Credit 
	plus (ii) the sum of all amounts available to be drawn under 
	outstanding Standby Letters of Credit plus (iii) all unreimbursed 
	drawings under such outstanding Standby Letters of Credit, shall 
	exceed $20,000,000.

(c)     The Borrower's obligations under this Section 1.9 shall be absolute 
	and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective 
	of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any condition 
	precedent whatsoever or any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment 
	which the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Bank, the 
	Agent, any Lender or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit.  The Borrower 
	further agrees that the Issuing Bank, the Agent and the Lenders shall 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1
								PAGE 6 OF 62 
	
	not be responsible for, and the Borrower's reimbursement obligations 
	shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or 
	genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even if such 
	documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, 
	fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower, the 
	beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any financing institution or 
	other party to which any Letter of Credit may be transferred or any 
	claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower, against the beneficiary 
	of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee.  The Issuing Bank, 
	the Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable for any error, omission, 
	interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any 
	message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of 
	Credit.  The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the 
	Issuing Bank, the Agent or any Lender under or in connection with each 
	Letter of Credit and the related drafts and documents, if done in 
	good faith and without willful misconduct or gross negligence on the 
	part of the Agent or the Lenders, shall be binding upon the Borrower 
	and shall not result in any liability on the part of the Issuing Bank, 
	the Agent or any Lender to the Borrower; provided, however, in no 
	event shall the Agent or the Lenders be liable for any consequential damages.

(d)     To the extent not inconsistent with Section 1.9(c), the Issuing Bank 
	and the Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected 
	in relying upon, any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, 
	notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, 
	telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other 
	document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been 
	signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice 
	and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants 
	and other experts selected by the Issuing Bank and the Agent.

(e)     If any draft shall be presented or other demand for payment shall be 
	made under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall notify the 
	Borrower of the date and amount of the draft presented or demand for 
	payment and of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft 
	or honor such demand for payment.  On the date that such draft is 
	paid or other payment is made by the Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank 
	shall promptly notify the Lenders of the amount of any unpaid 
	reimbursement obligation.  All such unpaid reimbursement obligations 
	with respect to Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Line of 
	Credit Loans and subject to the limitations and requirements 
	stated in Sections 1.2 and 1.6.

(f)     Effective immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit for 
	the account of the Borrower and without further action on the part 
	of the Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have 
	granted to each Lender, and each Lender shall be deemed to have 
	irrevocably purchased and received from such Issuing Bank without 
	recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in 
	such Letter of Credit to the extent of each Lender's Commitment 
	Percentage.  Each Lender agrees that it shall be absolutely liable, 
	to the extent of its Commitment Percentage thereof, to reimburse the 
	Issuing Bank on demand for the amount of each draft paid by the 
	Issuing Bank under each Letter of Credit to the extent that such 
	amount is not reimbursed by the Borrower,
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 7 OF 62 

(g)     The Borrower shall pay the Issuing Bank, for the benefit of each of 
	the Lenders based upon their respective Commitment Percentages, a 
	fee with respect to each Standby Letter of Credit issued equal to 
	1.75% per annum of the amount that is available to be drawn under 
	such Standby Letter of Credit.  Each of the aforementioned fees 
	shall be payable upon the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit.

(h)     The Borrower shall pay the Issuing Bank, for the benefit of the 
	Lenders as their interests shall appear, a fee with respect to each 
	Trade Letter of Credit issued in an amount to be agreed upon by the 
	Borrower and the Issuing Bank at the time of issuance.

(i)     The Issuing Bank shall be entitled to administer each Letter of 
	Credit in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with its 
	usual practices, modified from time to time as it deems appropriate 
	under the circumstances, and shall be entitled to use its discretion 
	in taking or refraining from taking any action in connection herewith 
	as if it were the sole party involved.  Any action taken or omitted 
	to be taken by the Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Letter 
	of Credit, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or 
	willful misconduct, shall not create for the Issuing Bank any 
	resulting liability to any other Lender.

1.10    Clean-Up Requirement.  For a period of at least thirty (30) 
	consecutive days during each fiscal year of the Borrower, the 
	Borrower will not permit any Line of Credit Loan to be outstanding
	under the Total Line of Credit Commitment.

Section 2       Interest Rates: Payments and Optional Prepayments

2.1     Interest Rates.

(a)     The Borrower agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount 
	of each Line of Credit Loan for each day from and including the date 
	such Line of Credit Loan was made to but excluding the date the 
	principal on such Line of Credit Loan is due (whether at maturity, 
	by acceleration or otherwise), at the fluctuating rates per annum:

(i)     for Prime Rate Loans, at the Prime Rate per annum; and
(ii)    for LIBOR Loans, at the LIBOR Rate, plus 225 basis points per annum.

(b)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower will pay to the Lenders 
	interest at the applicable Post-Default Rate on any principal of any 
	Line of Credit Loan and on any other amount payable by the Borrower 
	hereunder (but, if such amount is interest, only to the extent 
	legally enforceable), which shall not be paid in full when due 
	(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), for the 
	period commencing on the due date thereof until the same is paid in 
	full.  Accrued interest on each Prime Rate Loan and LIBOR Loan shall 
	be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month and in 
	any event, upon the payment, prepayment or conversion thereof, but 
	only on the principal so paid or prepaid or converted; provided that 
	when the terms of this Agreement require that interest be paid at the 
	Post-Default Rate, such interest shall be payable from time to time 
	on demand of any Lender.  Promptly after the determination of any 
	interest rate provided for herein or any change therein, each Lender 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 8 OF 62 
	
	shall notify the Borrower thereof notwithstanding the foregoing provisions 
	of this Section 3. 1, if at any time the rate of interest set forth 
	above (the "Stated Rate") exceeds the maximum non-usurious interest 
	rate permissible for any Lender to charge commercial borrowers under 
	applicable law (the "Maximum Rate"), the rate of interest charged on the 
	Line of Credit Loans by such Lender hereunder shall be limited to the 
	Maximum Rate.In the event the Stated Rate that has theretofore been 
	subject to the preceding  paragraph at any time is less than the 
	Maximum Rate in respect of the Line of Credit Loans hereunder by any 
	Lender, the principal amount of the Line of Credit Loans by such Lender 
	shall bear interest at the Maximum Rate until the total amount of interest 
	paid to such Lender or accrued on the Line of Credit Loans by such Lender 
	hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been paid to such 
	Lender or accrued on the Line of Credit Loans by such Lender hereunder if 
	the Stated Rate had at all times been in effect.In the event that upon 
	payment in full of all amounts payable hereunder, the total amount of 
	interest paid to any Lender under the terms of this Agreement is less than 
	the total amount of interest which would have been paid to such Lender or 
	accrued on such Lender's Line of Credit Loans if the Stated Rate had at all 
	times been in effect, then the Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by 
	applicable law, pay to such Lender an amount equal to the difference between 
	(a) the lesser of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the 
	Line of Credit Loans if the Maximum Rate had at all times been in effect or 
	(ii) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the Line of Credit 
	Loans if the Stated Rate had at all times been in effect and (b) the amount 
	of interest actually paid to such Lender or accrued on the Line of Credit 
	Loans under this Agreement.In the event any Lender ever receives, collects or 
	applies as interest any sum in excess Of the Maximum Rate, such excess amount 
	shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the Line of 
	Credit Loans or to other amounts (other than interest) payable hereunder, and 
	if no such principal is then outstanding, such excess or part thereof 
	remaining shall be paid to the Borrower.In the event any Lender ever receives, 
	collects or applies as interest any sum in excess of the Maximum Rate, such
	excess amount shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of 
 the Line of Credit Loans in respect of which such interest was paid or to 
 other amounts (other than interest) payable hereunder, and if no such 
 principal is then outstanding, such excess or part thereof remaining shall 
 be paid to the Borrower,

2.2     Manner and Place of Payment.  All payments under this Agreement or 
	otherwise in respect of any Line of Credit Loan shall be made not 
	later than 2;00 p.m. (Boston Time) on the date when due and shall be 
	made in immediately available funds at the Office of the Lender 
	which has made such Line of Credit Loan or by a Borrower's check 
	drawn on the depository account(s) maintained by the Borrower with 
	such Lender payable to such Lender or its order.  All payments shall 
	be made without setoff, counterclaim, withholding or reduction of 
	any kind whatsoever.  The Borrower hereby requests and authorizes 
	each Lender to debit any of the Borrower's accounts with such Lender 
	for payments of interest and principal due on the Line of Credit 
	Loans and any other obligations owing by the Borrower to such Lender.  
	Each Lender will notify the Borrower of all debits which such Lender 
	makes against the Borrower's accounts.  Any such debits against the 
	Borrower's accounts in no way shall be deemed a setoff
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 9 OF 62 

2.3     Payments Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays.  Whenever any 
	payment to be made hereunder or under the Notes shall be due on a 
	day which is not a Banking Day, such payment may be made on the next 
	succeeding Banking Day, and such extension of time shall be included 
	in computing any interest or fees due.

2.4     Computations.  Interest on the Line of Credit Loans shall be computed 
	on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (including 
	the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for 
	which payable.

2.5     Minimum and Maximum Amounts.  Each borrowing, conversion and 
	prepayment of principal of Line of Credit Loans shall be in an 
	aggregate principal amount equal to (a) in the case of LIBOR Loans,
	$200,000 or a larger multiple of $50,000 and (b) in the case of Prime 
	Rate Loans, without any minimum amount or any minimum integral 
	multiple thereof (conversions or prepayments of Line of Credit Loans 
	of different Types or, in the case of LIBOR Loans, having different 
	Interest Periods, at the same time hereunder to be deemed separate 
	conversions and prepayments for purposes of the foregoing, one 
	for each Type or Interest Period); provided that any payment or 
	prepayment in full of any Line of Credit Loans may be in the 
	aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof

2.6     Certain Notices.  Notices to the Lenders of (a) termination of the 
	Line of Credit Commitment, (b) borrowings of Line of Credit Loans, 
	(c) conversions and prepayments of Line of Credit Loans and of the 
	duration of Interest Periods, shall be irrevocable and shall be 
	effective only if received by the Lender in question not later than 
	12:00 Noon (Boston time) on the number of Banking Days prior to the 
	date of the termination, borrowing, conversion and/or prepayment 
	specified below:

	Number of Banking Days Prior Notice
	Termination of Line of Credit Commitment           2
	Borrowings, or prepayment of Prime Rate Loans      1
	Prepayment of, conversion into, or duration of Interest Periods for, 
	LIBOR Loans                                        3

	Each notice of borrowing, conversion or prepayment shall specify, 
	the amount, the Type of the Line of Credit Loan to be borrowed, 
	converted or prepaid, the date of borrowing, conversion or prepaymen 
	(which shall be a Banking Day in the case of the prepayment of a 
	Prime Rate Loan, or a Working Day in the case of the conversion or 
	prepayment of a LIBOR Loan) and, in the case of LIBOR Loans, the 
	duration of the Interest Period therefor (subject to the definition 
	of Interest Period). Each such notice of duration of an Interest 
	Period shall specify the Line of Credit Loans to which such Interest 
	Period is to relate.  In the event that the Borrower fails to select 
	the duration of any Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan within the 
	time period and otherwise as provided in this Section 2.6, such 
	LIBOR Loan will be automatically converted into a Prime Rate Loan on 
	the last day of the then current Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan 
	or (if outstanding as Prime Rate Loans) will remain as, or (if 
	not then outstanding) will be made as Prime Rate Loans.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 10 OF 62 

2.7     Additional Costs,

(a)     The Borrower shall pay to each Lender from time to time such amounts 
	as such Lender may reasonably determine to be necessary to compensate 
	it for any costs incurred by such Lender which such Lender determines 
	are attributable to its making or maintaining of any LIBOR Loans 
	hereunder or its obligation to make any of such Line of Credit Loans 
	hereunder, or any reduction in any amount receivable by such Lender 
	hereunder in respect of any LIBOR Loan or such obligation (such 
	increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein 
	called "Additional Costs"), in each case resulting from any Regulatory 
	Change which:

(1)     changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to such Lender 
	under this Agreement or the Note or Notes held by such Lender in 
	respect of any LIBOR Loan; or

(2)     imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar 
	requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, 
	or any deposits with or other liabilities of, such Lender (including 
	any LIBOR Loan or any deposits referred to in the definition of 
	"LIBOR Rate" below).

	Each Lender will notify the Borrower of any event occurring after 
	the date of this Agreement which will entitle such Lender to 
	compensation pursuant to this Section 2.7 as promptly as practicable 
	after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such 
	compensation.  Such Lender will furnish the Borrower with a statement, 
	in reasonable detail, setting forth the basis and amount of each request 
	by such Lender for compensation under this Section 2.7.

(b)     Without limiting the effect of the foregoing provisions of this 
	Section 2.7 in the event that, by reason of any Regulatory Change, 
	any Lender either (i) incurs Additional Costs based on or measured by 
	the excess above a specified level of the amount of a category of 
	deposits or other liabilities of such Lender which includes deposits 
	by reference to which the interest rate on LIBOR Loans is determined 
	as provided in this Agreement or a category of extensions of credit 
	or other assets of such Lender which includes LIBOR Loans or 
	(ii) becomes subject to restrictions on the amount of such a 
	category of liabilities or assets which it may hold, then, if 
	such Lender so elects by notice to the Borrower, the obligation 
	of such Lender to make LIBOR Loans hereunder shall be suspended 
	until the date such Regulatory Change ceases to be in effect.

(c)     Determinations and allocations by any Lender for purposes of this 
	Section 2.7 of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of 
	maintaining its obligations to make LIBOR Loans or of making or 
	maintaining LIB3OR Loans or on amounts receivable by it in respect 
	of LIBOR Loans, and of the additional amounts required to compensate 
	such Lender in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive 
<PAGE>
        
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 11 OF 62         
	
	absent manifest error, provided that such determinations and 
	allocations are made on a reasonable basis, and provided further 
	that in administering this Section each Lender shall not single out 
	the Borrower for different treatment but shall deal with them on the 
	same basis as the Lender deals with its other customers generally.

2.8     Limitation on Types of Loans.  Anything herein to the contrary 
	notwithstanding, if, with respect to any LIBOR Loans, any Lender 
	determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that the 
	relevant rates of interest referred to in the definition of 
	"LIBOR Rate" in Section 9.1 below upon the basis of which the rates 
	of interest for any LIBOR Loan are to be determined do not accurately 
	reflect the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining such LIBOR 
	Loans for the Interest Period therefor, then such Lender shall 
	promptly notify the Borrower, and so long as such condition remains 
	in effect, such Lender shall be under no obligation to convert Prime 
	Rate Loans into LIBOR Loans and the Borrower shall, on the last day(s) 
	of the then current Interest Period(s) for the outstanding LIBOR 
	Loans, either prepay such LIBOR Loans or convert such LIBOR 
	Loans into Prime Rate Loans in accordance with Section 2.13.

2.9     Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to 
	the contrary, in the event that it becomes unlawful for any Lender 
	to (a) honor its obligation to make LIBOR Loans hereunder, or 
	(b) maintain LIBOR Loans (identifying the illegality in question in 
	reasonable detail) hereunder, then such Lender shall promptly notify
	the Borrower and the other Lender thereof and such Lender's 
	obligation to make LIBOR Loans hereunder shall be suspended until 
	such time as such Lender may again make and maintain LIBOR Loans.

2.10    Substitute Prime Rate Loans.  If the obligation of any Lender to 
	make LIBOR Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8 
	or 2.9 hereof, all Line of Credit Loans which would otherwise be 
	made by such Lender as LIBOR Loans shall be made instead as Prime 
	Rate Loans (and, if an event referred to in Section 2.7(b) or 2.9 
	has occurred and such Lender so requests, by notice to the Borrower, 
	each LIBOR Loan of such Lender then outstanding shall be
	automatically converted into a Prime Rate Loan on the date specified 
	by such Lender in such notice) and, to the extent that LIBOR Loans 
	are so made as (or converted into) Prime Rate Loans, all payments of 
	principal which would otherwise be applied to such LIBOR Loans shall 
	be applied instead to such Prime Rate Loans.

2.11    Compensation.  If any payment, prepayment or conversion of a LIBOR 
	Loan occurs on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period 
	for such Loan other than by reason of an error on the part of either 
	Lender, the Borrower shall pay to any Lender, upon the request of 
	such Lender, as compensation for any loss, cost or expense incurred 
	by such Lender as the result of such payment, prepayment or 
	conversion, an amount (if a positive number) equal to:
	A x (B-C) X D360
	where:
	"A" equals the principal amount of the LIBOR Loan so paid, 
	prepaid or converted (the "Affected LIBOR Loan");
	"B" equals the LIBOR Rate (expressed as a decimal) 
	applicable to the Affected LIBOR Loan;
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 12 OF 62         
	
	"C" equals the applicable LIBOR Rate (expressed as a decimal) in 
	effect on or about the date of such payment, prepayment or conversion, 
	for deposits in an amount equal approximately to the principal amount 
	of the Affected LIBOR Loan with an interest Period (the "Remaining 
	Interest Period") beginning on the date of such payment, prepayment or 
	conversion to but excluding the last day of the existing interest Period; and

	"D" equals the number of days in the Remaining Interest Period; and 
	any other out-of-pocket loss or expense (including any internal 
	processing charge customarily charged by such Lender) suffered by 
	such Lender in liquidating deposits prior to maturity in amounts which 
	correspond to the principal amount of the Affected LIBOR Loan; provided 
	that such Lender shall have delivered to the Borrower a certificate, 
	in reasonable detail, as to the amount of such loss and expense along 
	with the basis for calculation thereof

2.12    Capital Adequacy.  If any Lender shall determine that the 
	applicability of any law, rule, regulation or guideline adopted 
	pursuant to or arising out of the July 1988 report of the Basle 
	Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices entitled 
	"International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital 
	Standards", or the adoption after the date hereof of any other 
	applicable law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital 
	adequacy, or any change in the foregoing or in the enforcement, 
	interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental 
	Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or 
	administration thereof, or compliance by such Lender or any Person 
	controlling such Lender (a "Parent") with any request or directive 
	regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) 
	of any such Governmental Authority, has or would have the effect of 
	reducing the rate of return on capital of such Lender or its Parent 
	as a consequence of such Lender's obligations hereunder to a level 
	below that which such Lender (or its Parent) could have achieved but 
	for such applicability, adoption, change or compliance (taking into 
	consideration the policies of such Lender (or its Parent) with 
	respect to capital adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by such 
	Lender to be material, then from time to time, within the second 
	Banking Day after demand by such Lender, the Borrower shall pay to 
	such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate 
	such Lender for such reduction in the rate of return, together with 
	interest on each such amount from the thirtieth day after such demand 
	until payment in full thereof (as well after as before judgment) at the 
	Post-Default Rate.  A statement of such Lender, in reasonable detail, 
	claiming compensation under this Section 2.12 and setting forth the 
	additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be 
	conclusive absent manifest error; provided that the determination 
	thereof is made on a reasonable basis and provided further that the 
	Borrower shall not be obligated to compensate any Lender for any such 
	reduction occurring more than 30 days prior to the time the Lender 
	first notifies the Borrower of such adoption, implementation, charge 
	or compliance, and provided further that in administering this Section.  
	In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable 
	averaging and attribution methods.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 13 OF 62 

2.13    Optional Prepayments.  Subject to the provisions of this Section 
	2.13, the Borrower shall have the right to prepay the Line of Credit 
	Loans in whole or in part and to convert Line of Credit Loans of one 
	Type into another Type, without premium or penalty, at any time and 
	from time to time, provided that (i) at the time of the prepayment 
	in full of all Extensions, the Borrower shall pay all interest 
	accrued on the amount prepaid, (ii) the Borrower shall give the 
	Lender or Lenders in question notice of such prepayment as provided 
	in Section 2.6, (iii) the LIBOR Loans may be converted into Prime 
	Rate Loans only on the last day of an Interest Period thereof, and (iv) 
	such Lender or Lenders shall be paid, at the time of any prepayment of 
	a LIBOR Loan that is being prepaid on other than the last day of an 
	Interest Period therefor, the amount provided for in Section 2.11.  
	Principal amounts repaid or prepaid under the Notes or under the Total 
	Line of Credit Commitment may be reborrowed by the Borrower subject 
	to the terms hereof, provided, however, that any funds repaid or prepaid 
	on or after the earlier to occur of (a) the Commitment Expiration Date 
	or (b) the termination of the Total Line of Credit Commitment pursuant 
	to Section 1.8 hereof, may not be reborrowed or readvanced thereafter.

Section 3       Security

3.1     Continuation of Prior Security Interests.  Payment and performance 
	of all of the Borrower's present or future obligations to the Agent 
	and the Lenders and the Issuing Bank under this Agreement, the Notes 
	and the other Loan Documents shall continue to be secured by a 
	security interest in, and a lien on, all right, title and interest 
	of the Borrower in and to all accounts receivable and inventory of 
	the Borrower pursuant to the terms of that certain Security Agreement 
	dated January 31, 1991, as amended (the "Security Agreement") which 
	is hereby reaffirmed.

Section 4       Conditions Precedent

	Notwithstanding that this Agreement shall become effective as of the 
	date hereof, the Lenders shall not be obligated to make any Extension 
	of Credit hereunder until the following

4.1     This Agreement, the Notes and the Security Instruments. This 
	Agreement, each Extension of Credit hereunder, the Notes, the 
	Security Instruments and all transactions contemplated by this 
	Agreement and the Security Instruments shall have been duly 
	authorized by the Borrower. The Borrower shall have duly executed and 
	delivered to the Agent and the Lenders this Agreement, the Notes, 
	the Security Instruments and any other documentation that the Agent 
	may reasonably require hereunder, all to be in form and substance 
	satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.

4.2     No Default.  On the date hereof and on the date of the making of 
	each Extension of Credit, no Default or Event of Default shall have 
	occurred and be continuing.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 14 OF 62 

4.3     Correctness of Representations.  On the date hereof and on the date 
	of each Extension of Credit, all representations and warranties made 
	by the Borrower in Section 5 below or otherwise in writing in 
	connection herewith shall be true and correct with the same effect 
	as though such representations and warranties had been made on and 
	as of today's date, except that representations and warranties 
	expressly limited to a certain date shall be true and correct as 
	of that date.

4.4     Opinion of Counsel for the Borrower.   On the date hereof, the 
	Lenders shall have received the favorable opinion of the General 
	Counsel for the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the 
	Agent and its counsel.

4.5     Governmental Approvals.  On the date hereof and on the date of each 
	Extension of Credit, all necessary approvals, licenses, permissions, 
	registrations or validations of any Governmental Authority required 
	for the execution, delivery, performance or carrying out of the 
	provisions of this Agreement, the Notes and the Security Instruments 
	or for the validity or enforceability of the obligations incurred 
	thereunder, shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and 
	effect and copies thereof certified by a duly authorized officer of 
	the Borrower to such effect shall have been delivered to the Agent.

4.6     Filing of Financing Statements, etc.  On or before the making of 
	any Extension of Credit, financing statements, continuation 
	statements, and other appropriate documentation relating to the 
	security interests and rights granted pursuant to the Security 
	Instruments, executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Agent, 
	shall have been duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such 
	places as is required by law (including pursuant to the UCC) to 
	establish, preserve, protect and perfect such security interests 
	and rights; and all taxes, fees and other charges in connection 
	with the execution, delivery and filing of this Agreement and such 
	financing statements and other appropriate documentation shall 
	have been duly paid.

4.7     Supporting Documents.  On or before the date hereof, there shall 
	have been delivered to the Agent the following supporting documents:

(a)     long-form legal existence and corporate good standing certificates 
	with respect to the Borrower dated as of a recent date issued by the 
	appropriate Secretary of State or other official;

(b)     certificates dated as of a recent date with respect to the due 
	qualification of the Borrower to do business in Massachusetts and 
	each other jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified would 
	have a Material Adverse Effect, issued by the Secretary of State of 
	each such jurisdiction;

(c)     copies of the corporate charter of the Borrower, certified by the 
	appropriate Secretary of State or other official, as in effect on 
	the date hereof,
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 15 OF 62 

(d)     a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower 
	cart as to (i) the By-Laws of the Borrower as in effect on the date 
	hereof, (ii) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of the 
	Borrower who have executed any documents in connection with the 
	transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iii) the resolutions 
	of the Board of Directors and, to the extent required by law, the 
	shareholders, of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and 
	performance of this Agreement and the making of the Extensions of Credit 
	hereunder, and the execution and delivery of the Notes; and

(e)     all other information and documents which the Agent or its counsel may
	request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.8     Facility Fee.  The Borrower agrees to pay each Lender an annual 
	facility fee for the period from the date hereof to and excluding 
	the Commitment Expiration Date equal to one-half of one percent 
	(1/2%) of the average of the daily excess of such Lender's Line of 
	Credit Commitment over the aggregate unpaid Extensions of Credit 
	under such Line of Credit Commitment.  Such facility fee shall be 
	calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of 
	days elapsed and shall be payable on the last day of each calendar 
	quarter and upon the termination of the Line of Credit Commitment, 
	provided, however, in the event that the Borrower requests 
	termination of the Total Line of Credit Commitment, the payment of 
	the unpaid portion of the facility fee for the period through the 
	Commitment Expiration Date shall be accelerated and shall be 
	immediately payable in full in accordance with Section 1.8.

4.9     Compliance Certificate.  The Borrower shall have furnished to the 
	Agent a Compliance Certificate in the form of attached Exhibit C 
	appropriately completed and signed by an Authorized Officer of the 
	Borrower, which certificate shall reflect compliance by the Borrower 
	with the requirements of this Agreement.

4.10    Legal Matters- All documents and legal matters incident to the 
	transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory to 
	Sullivan & Worcester, special counsel for the Agent and the Lenders.

	Each borrowing hereunder shall constitute a representation 
	and warranty by the Borrower to the Lenders that all of the 
	conditions specified in this Section 4 have been complied with 
	as of the time of any such Extension of Credit.

Section 5       Representations and Warranties.

	In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement 
	and to  make the contemplated Extensions of Credit, the Borrower 
	hereby represents and warrants as follows (except to the extent 
	qualified by supplemental disclosure set forth on Schedule A 
	hereto) and the following representations and warranties as so 
	qualified shall survive the execution and delivery of this 
	Agreement and the Line of Credit Loans:
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 16 OF 62 

5.1     Corporate Status.   The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries 
	(if any) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in 
	good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation 
	and is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation in good 
	standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to do so would 
	have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2     No Violation.  Neither the execution, delivery or performance of 
	this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor consummation of the 
	contemplated transactions will contravene any law, statute, rule or 
	regulation to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject 
	or any judgment, decree, franchise, order or permit applicable to the 
	Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or will conflict or be inconsistent 
	with or will result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or 
	result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than 
	the lien created by the Security Instruments) upon any of the property 
	or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, any 
	Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or 
	violate any provision of the corporate charter or by-laws of the 
	Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

5.3     Corporate Power and Authority. The execution, delivery and 
	performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are 
	within the corporate powers of the Borrower and have been duly 
	authorized by all necessary corporate action.

5.4     Enforceability, This Agreement and each other Loan Document 
	constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Borrower 
	enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, 
	except as be limited by applicable Bankruptcy, insolvency, 
	reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement 
	of creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of 
	equity, whether applied in a court of equity or at law.

5.5     Governmental Approvals.  No order, permission, consent, approval, 
	license, authorization, registration or validation of, or filing 
	with, or exemption by, any Governmental Authority is required to 
	authorize, or is required in connection with, the execution, 
	delivery and performance of this Agreement or any other Loan 
	Document by the Borrower, or the taking of any action contemplated 
	hereby or thereby, except for the filing of financing statements or 
	related documents in the appropriate UCC filing offices listed 
	on the Perfection Certificate (as defined in the Security Agreement).

5.6     Financial Statements.  

(a)     The Borrower has furnished the Agent with complete and correct 
	copies of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and 
	its Subsidiaries as of the Financial Statements Date, and the 
	related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows 
	for the fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ended on 
	such date, examined by the Accountants.  Such financial statements 
<PAGE>
        
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 17 OF 62          
	
	(including the related schedules and notes) fairly present the 
	consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiarie 
	as of the Financial Statements Date, and the consolidated results of 
	their operations and their consolidated cash flows for the fiscal 
	year then ended. 

(b)     Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material 
	liabilities, contingent or otherwise, including liabilities for 
	taxes or any unusual forward or long-term commitments or any 
	Guarantee, which are not disclosed by or included in the 
	above-referenced financial statements or the accompanying notes and
	there are no unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable 
	commitments of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which may 
	have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)     All the above-referenced financial statements (including the related 
	schedules and notes) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP 
	applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as 
	approved by the Accountants and disclosed therein and, in the case 
	of interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end 
	adjustments and the absence of footnotes and schedules).

5.7     No Material Change.  Since the Financial Statements Date there has 
	been no development or event, nor to the best knowledge of the 
	Borrower, any prospective development or event, which has had or 
	could have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.8     Litigation.  There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or 
	threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
	before any Governmental Authority, which in any one case or in the 
	aggregate, if determined adversity to the interests of the Borrower 
	or any Subsidiary thereof, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9     Compliance with Other Instruments; Compliance with Law.  Neither the 
	Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof is in default under (a) any 
	Contractual Obligation, where such default could have a Material 
	Adverse Effect, or (b) the terms of any Contractual Obligation 
	relating to any Indebtedness of the Borrower or such Subsidiary.  
	Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof is in default and or 
	in violation of any applicable statute, rule, writ, injunction, 
	decree, order or regulation of any Governmental Authority having 
	jurisdiction over the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof which 
	default or violation could have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10    Subsidiaries.  The Borrower has no Subsidiaries except as set forth 
	on attached Schedule A,

5.11    Investment Company Status; Limits on Ability to Incur Indebtedness.  
	Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an "investment 
	company" or a company "controlled by" an investment company within 
	the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. -The 
	Borrower is not subject to regulation under any Federal or State 
	statute or regulation which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 18 OF 62  

5.12    Title to Property.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has 
	good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, 
	including the properties and assets reflected in the consolidated 
	balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the 
	Financial Statements Date, except such as have been disposed of 
	since that date in the ordinary course of business, and none of 
	such properties or assets is subject to (a) any Lien except for 
	Permitted Liens, or (b) any defect in title or other claim other 
	than defects and claims that, in the aggregate, would have no 
	Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries 
	enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases necessary 
	in any material respect for the operation of its properties and assets, 
	none of which contains any unusual or burdensome provisions which 
	might materially affect or impair such properties or assets.  All 
	such leases are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect.

5.13    ERISA.  The Borrower and each member of the Controlled Group have 
	fulfilled their obligations under the minimum funding standards of 
	ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance 
	in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of 
	ERISA and the Code, and have not incurred any liability to the PBGC 
	or a Plan under Title IV of ERISA (other than to make contributions 
	or premium payments in the ordinary course).

5.14    All tax returns of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required to be 
	filed have been timely filed, all taxes, fees and other governmental 
	charges (other than those being contested in good faith by appropriate 
	proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate 
	reserves have been established and, in the case of ad valorem taxes 
	or betterment assessments, no proceedings to foreclose any lien with 
	respect thereto have been commenced and, in all other cases, no notice 
	of lien has been filed or other action taken to perfect or enforce 
	such lien) shown thereon which are payable have been paid.  The charges 
	and reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for 
	all income and other taxes are adequate, and the Borrower knows of no 
	additional assessment or any basis therefor.  The Federal income tax 
	returns of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not been audited 
	within the last three years, all prior audits have been closed, and 
	there are no unpaid assessments, penalties or other charges arising 
	from such prior audits.

5.15    Environmental Matters.   
	
(a)     The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all 
 Governmental Approvals that are required for the operation of its business 
 under any Environmental Law, except where the failure to so obtain a 
	Governmental Approval would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)     The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all 
	terms and conditions of all required Governmental Approvals and are 
	also in compliance with all terms and conditions of all applicable 
	Environmental Laws, noncompliance with which would have a Material 
	Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 19 OF 62  

(c)     There is no civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, demand, 
	claim, hearing, notice of violation, investigation, proceeding, 
	notice or demand letter pending or, to the best knowledge of the 
	Borrower threatened against the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof 
	relating in any way to the Environmental Laws, and there is no Lien 
	of any private entity or Governmental Authority against any property 
	of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof relating in any way to 
	the Environmental Laws.

(d)     There has been no claim, complaint, notice, or request for information
	received by the Borrower with respect to any site listed on the 
	National Priority List promulgated pursuant to the Comprehensive 
	Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), 
	42 USC E 9601 et seq., or any state list of sites requiring investigation 
	or cleanup with respect to contamination by Hazardous Substances.

(e)     To the best of the Borrower's knowledge, there has been no release 
	or threat of release of any Hazardous Substance at any Borrower 
	Property which would likely result in liability being imposed upon 
	the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, which liability would have 
	a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16    Intellectual Property.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries 
	owns, possesses or licenses such copyrights, patents, trademarks and 
	similar rights (collectively, "Intellectual Property") necessary for 
	the conduct of its business as now conducted, without any known 
	conflict with the rights of others which would have a 
	Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6       Affirmative Covenants.

	The Borrower covenants and agrees that for so long as 
	this Agreement is in effect and until the Notes, together with 
	all interest thereon and all other Obligations of the Borrower 
	to the Lenders are paid or satisfied in full:

6.1     Maintenance of Existence.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of 
	its Subsidiaries to, maintain its existence and comply with all 
	applicable statutes, rules and regulations and to remain duly 
	qualified as a foreign corporation, licensed and in good standing in 
	each jurisdiction where such qualification or licensing is required 
	by the nature of its business, the character and location of its 
	property, business, or the ownership or leasing of its property, 
	except where such noncompliance or failure to so qualify would not 
	have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Borrower will, and will 
	cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain its properties in good 
	operating condition, and continue to conduct its business in the 
	ordinary course of its business,

6.2     Taxes and Other Liens.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of 
	its Subsidiaries to, pay when due all taxes, assessments, 
	governmental charges or levies, or claims for labor, supplies, rent 
	and other obligations made against it which, if unpaid, might become 
	a Lien against the Borrower or such Subsidiary or on its property, 
<PAGE>
        
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 20 OF 62          
	
	except liabilities being contested in good faith and by proper 
	proceedings, as to which adequate reserves are maintained on the 
	books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, in accordance with GAAP.

6.3     Insurance.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its 
	Subsidiaries to, maintain insurance with financially sound and 
	reputable insurance companies in such amounts and against such risks 
	as is usually carried by owners of similar businesses and properties
	in the same general areas in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries 
	operate, provided that in any event the Borrower and its Subsidiaries 
	shall maintain or cause to be maintained (a) insurance against 
	casualty, loss or damage covering all property and improvements 
	of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in amounts and in respect 
	of perils usually carried by owners of similar businesses and 
	properties in the same general areas in which Borrower and its 
	Subsidiaries operate; (b) comprehensive general liability 
	insurance against claims for bodily injury, death or property 
	damage in amounts and in respect of perils usually carried by 
	owners of similar businesses and properties in the same general 
	areas in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries operate; and (c) 
	workers' compensation insurance to the extent required by 
	applicable law.  In the case of policies referenced in clauses 
	(a) and (b) above, all such insurance shall (i) name the 
	Borrower and the Lenders as loss payees and additional insureds 
	as their interests may appear; (ii) provide that no termination, 
	cancellation or material reduction in the amount or material 
	modification to the extent of coverage shall be effective until 
	at least 15 days after receipt by the Agent of notice thereof, 
	and (iii) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to 
	the Agent and each of the Lenders.

6.4     Financial Statements, Etc.  The Borrower will furnish to the Agent 
	and each of the Lenders:

(a)     within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter 
	(including the last quarter of the fiscal year), the unaudited 
	consolidated balance sheet and income statement of the Borrower and 
	its Subsidiaries as at the end of, and for, such quarter, 
	accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of the 
	Borrower to the effect that such financial statements fairly present 
	the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its 
	Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter, and the consolidated 
	results of their operations for such quarter, in each case in 
	accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes) 
	consistently applied (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

(b)     within ninety (90) days after the last day of each fiscal year of 
	the Borrower, the audited consolidated balance sheet and income 
	statement and statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its 
	Subsidiaries as at and for the fiscal year then ended, certified by 
	the Accountants (the substance of such report to be satisfactory to 
	the Lenders), together with a certificate of the chief financial 
	officer of the Borrower to the effect that such financial statements 
	fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower 
	and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 21 OF 62  
	
	consolidated results of their operations for such fiscal year, in each 
	case in accordance with GAAP.  The Borrower shall indicate on said 
	financial statements all guarantees or unusual forward or long-term 
	commitments made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof,

(c)     at the time of the delivery of the financial statements for each fiscal 
	quarter end and yearly financial statements required by Sections 6.4(a) 
	and 6.4(b), a Compliance Certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of 
	the Borrower in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C, 
	appropriately completed;

(d)     within thirty (30) days after the last day of each calendar month 
	during which the aggregate principal amount of Line of Credit Loans 
	outstanding at any time exceeds $10,000,000, a Borrowing Base 
	Certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower in the 
	form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D, appropriately completed;

(e)     promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the 
	Borrower generally, copies of all financial statements, reports, 
	proxy statements and other materials;

(f)     promptly upon request by any Lender, copies of any management letter 
	provided by the Accountants, provided that the Borrower shall promptly 
	advise the Agent in the event the Borrower receives any such letter;

(g)     promptly upon the filing thereof by the Borrower with the SEC (and in 
 any event within five (5) days of such filing), copies of any registration 
	statements and reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or their equivalents if 
	such forms no longer exist), it being understood that the submission of the 
	Form 10-Q filing for a fiscal quarter will satisfy the financial statement 
	submission requirements of Section 6.4(a);

(h)     promptly upon becoming aware of any litigation or other proceeding 
	against the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof that may have a 
	Material Adverse Effect, notice thereof, and

(i)     promptly following the request of any Lender, such further information 
	concerning the business, affairs and financial condition or operations 
	of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as such Lender may reasonably request.

6.5     Notice of Default.  As soon as practicable, and in any event, within 
	three (3) Banking Days of becoming aware of the existence of any 
	condition or event which constitutes a Default, the Borrower will 
	provide the Agent and each Lender with written notice specifying the 
	nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Borrower 
	is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.6     Environmental Matters.

(a)     The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall comply with all 
	terms and conditions of all applicable Governmental Approvals and 
	all applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply 
	would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)     The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent should the Borrower become 
        aware of
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 22 OF 62 

(i)     any spill, release, or threat of release of any Hazardous Substance 
	at or from any Borrower Property or by any Person for whose conduct 
	the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof is responsible, to the extent 
	the Borrower is required by Environmental Laws to report such to 
	any Governmental Authority;

(ii)    any action or notice with respect to a civil, criminal or 
 administrative action, suit, demand, claim, hearing, notice of violation, 
 investigation, proceeding, notice or demand letter pending or threatened 
 against the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof relating in any way to the 
 Environmental Laws, or any Lien of any Governmental Authority or any other 
 Person against any Borrower Property relating in any way to the 
 Environmental Laws;

(iii)   any claim made or threatened by any Person against the Borrower or 
	any Subsidiary thereof or any property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary 
	thereof relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery compensation, 
	loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Substance pertaining to 
	such property or the business or operations of the Borrower or such 
	Subsidiary; and

(iv)    any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the 
	vicinity of any Borrower Property known to the officers or supervisory 
	personnel of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof or other employees 
	having responsibility for the compliance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary 
	thereof with Environmental Laws, without any independent investigation, 
	which does cause, or could cause, such Borrower Property, or any part 
	thereof, to contain Hazardous Substances in violation of any Environmental 
	Laws, or which doescause, or is reasonably likely to cause, such Borrower 
	Property to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, 
	transferability or use thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

(c)     The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at 
	its own cost and expense, and within such period as may be required 
	by applicable law or regulation, initiate all remedial actions and 
	thereafter diligently prosecute such action as shall be required by 
	law for the cleanup of such Borrower Property, including all removal, 
	containment and remedial actions in accordance with all applicable 
	Environmental Laws and shall further pay or cause to be paid, at no 
	expense to the Agent or the Lenders, all cleanup, administrative, and 
	enforcement costs of applicable Government Authorities asserted against 
	such Borrower Property, except to the extent the Borrower or such 
	Subsidiary shall be contesting the same in good faith in appropriate 
	proceedings.

6.7     ERISA Information.  If and when the Borrower or any member of the 
	Controlled Group (a) gives or is required to give notice to the PBGC 
	of any "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) with 
	respect to any Plan which might constitute grounds for a termination 
	of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that the plan 
	administrator of any Plan has given or is required to give notice of 
	any such reportable event, (b) receives notice of complete or partial 
	withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA or (c) receives notice 
	from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to terminate or 
	appoint a trustee to administer the Plan, the Borrower shall in each 
	such instance promptly furnish to the Agent a copy of any such notice.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 23 OF 62 

6.8     Inspection, Upon request of the Agent, the Borrower will, and will 
	cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit a representative of the 
	Agent (including any field examiner retained by the Agent) to 
	inspect and make copies of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's books 
	and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with 
	its officers and accountants, at such reasonable times and as often 
	as the Agent may request, subject to such undertakings of 
	confidentiality on the part of the Agent and/or such field 
	representative as the Borrower may reasonably request.

6.9     Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the 
	borrowings under the Line of Credit Notes for the working capital 
	purposes of the Borrower.  Without limiting the foregoing, no part 
	of such proceeds will be used for the purpose of purchasing or 
	carrying any "margin security" as such term is defined in Regulation 
	U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

6.10    Further Assurances.   The Borrower will, and will cause each of its 
	Subsidiaries to, execute and deliver to the Agent any writings and 
	do all things necessary, effectual or reasonably requested by the 
	Agent to carry into effect the provisions and intent of this 
	Agreement or any other Loan Document.

6.11    Depository Accounts.   The Borrower shall maintain an operating 
	deposit account at an office of each Lender.

6.12    Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall immediately notify the Agent of the 
	organization of any foreign or domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Section 7       Negative Covenants.   

	The Borrower covenants and agrees that for so long as this Agreement 
	is in effect and until the Notes, together with all interest thereon 
	and all other Obligations of the Borrower to the Agent or the Lenders 
	are paid or satisfied in full, without the prior written consent of the 
	Lenders:

7.1     ERISA.  The Borrower will not permit any pension plan maintained by 
	the; Borrower or by any member of a "Controlled Group" (ERISA E 210 
	(c) or ERISA E 210 (d)) of which the Borrower is a member to: 
	(a) engage in any "prohibited transaction" (ERISA E 2003(c)); 
	(b) fail to report to the Agent a "reportable event" (ERISA E 4043) 
	within 30 days after its occurrence or as to any reportable event as 
	to which the 30-day notice period requirement of Section 4043(b) of 
	Title IV of ERISA has been waived by the PBGC, within 30 days of 
	such time as the Borrower is requested to notify the PBGC of such 
	reportable event; (c) incur any "accumulated funding deficiency" 
	(ERISA E 302); (d) terminate its existence at any time in a 
	manner which could result in the imposition of a Lien on the 
	property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, or (e) fail 
	to report to the Agent any "complete withdrawal" or "partial 
	withdrawal" by the Borrower or an affiliate from a "multiemployer 
	plan" (ERISA EE 4203, 4205, and 4001, respectively).  The quoted 
	terms are defined in the respective sections of ERISA cited above.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 24 OF 62 

7.2     Transactions with Affiliates.  The Borrower will not, and will not 
	permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay any 
	funds to or for the account of, make any Investment in, lease, sell, 
	transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, tangible or intangible, 
	or engage in any transaction in connection with any joint enterprise 
	or other joint arrangement with, any Affiliate of the Borrower, unless 
	such transaction is otherwise permitted under this Agreement, is in the 
	ordinary course of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's business, and 
	is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower 
	or such Subsidiary as those that could be obtained in a comparable 
	arm's length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

7.3     Consolidation, Merger or Acquisition.  The Borrower will not, and 
	will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge or consolidate 
	with or into any other Person, or make any acquisition of the 
	business of any other Person unless it obtains the prior written 
	consent of the Lenders; provided that any Subsidiary may merge into 
	Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, and provided 
	further that as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is 
	continuing or would arise therefrom the Borrower may make an acquisition 
	of the business, assets or stock of another Person as long as the 
	aggregate consideration expended by the Company in connection with 
	such transactions in any fiscal year does not exceed $5,000,000 in cash.

7.4     Disposition of Assets:  Sales-Type Leases, etc. The Borrower will 
	not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

(a)     convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its 
	property, business or assets (including, without limitation, 
	accounts receivable and leasehold assets), whether now owned or 
	hereafter acquired, except:

(i)     obsolete or worn out property disposed of in the ordinary course of 
	business;

(ii)    the sale or other disposition of any property in the ordinary course 
	of business, provided that the aggregate book value of all 
	assets (other than inventory) so sold or disposed of in any period 
	of twelve consecutive months shall not exceed 5% of the consolidated 
	total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the beginning 
	of such twelve month period; and

(iii)   the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business; or

(b)     enter into, as lessor, any lease that would be treated as a capital 
	lease in accordance with GAAP (including any "sales-type" lease) 
	if such lease would cause the aggregate net investment in all capital 
	leases reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of 
	the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to exceed $8,000,000.

7.5     Indebtedness.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its 
	Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any 
	Indebtedness, except:

(a)     Obligations to the Lenders, the Agent and the Issuing Bank hereunder;
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 25 OF 62 

(b)     existing Indebtedness, including Subordinated Debt, if any, listed
	on Schedule A hereto;

(c)     Subordinated Debt incurred by the Borrower after the date hereof, 
	provided that, giving effect to the incurrence of such Subordinated 
	Debt and to the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, no 
	Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(d)     Purchase and sales of foreign currency through either Lender or any 
	other banking institution; and

(e)     Obligations in respect of additional operating leases.

7.6     Liens.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its 
	Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien 
	on any of its properties or assets, except the following 
	(collectively, "Permitted Liens"):

(a)     Liens for taxes not delinquent or being contested in good faith 
	and by proper proceedings;

(b)     carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's or similar 
	liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business 
	in respect of obligations not overdue, or being contested in good 
	faith and by proper proceedings;

(c)     pledges or deposits in connection with workers' compensation, 
	unemployment insurance and other types of social security legislation;

(d)     security deposits made to secure the performance of leases, licenses 
	and statutory obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e)     Liens in favor of the Lenders, the Agent and the Issuing Bank in 
	order to secure obligations of the Borrower hereunder;

(f)     existing Liens, if any, listed on Schedule A hereto; provided that 
	no such Lion is spread to cover any additional property after the 
	date hereof, and the amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby is 
	not increased; and

(g)     a judgment or judgments for the payment of money not exceeding 
	$50,000 in the aggregate, rendered against the Borrower and unsatisfied 
	or unstayed for a period not in excess of thirty (30) days.

7.7     Restricted Payments.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit 
	any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make any Restricted Payment.  
	Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(a)     Subsidiaries of the Borrower shall be permitted

(i)     to pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to shares of 
	their capital stock to the extent that these payments or other distributions 
	are made to, and received by, the Borrower as the owner of such shares and 
	further provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing 
	and that it is not reasonably foreseeable that the dividend or other 
	distribution will result in an Event of Default; and
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 26 OF 62 

(ii)    to make payments on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement 
	or acquisition of shares of the capital stock of a Subsidiary or 
	options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to acquire 
	shares of the capital stock of a Subsidiary to the extent that such 
	payments are made to, and received by, the Borrower on account of 
	shares, options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights 
	that are being purchased, redeemed, retired or acquired from the 
	Borrower; and further provided that no Event of Default shall have 
	occurred and be continuing and that it shall not be reasonably 
	foreseeable that such payment will result in an Event 
	of Default; and

(b)     the Borrower may, with the prior written consent of the Lender, 
	purchase shares of its stock from employees or former emplo	Lenders:

7.1     ERISA.  The Borrower will not permit any pension plan maintained by 
	the; Borrower or by any member of a "Controlled Group" (ERISA E 210 
	(c) or ERISA E 210 (d)) of which the Borrower is a member to: 
	(a) engage in any "prohibited transaction" (ERISA E 2003(c)); 
	within 30 days after its occurrence or as to any reportable event as 
	to which the 30-day notice period requirement of Section 4043(b) of 
	Title IV of ERISA has been waived by the PBGC, within 30 days of 
	such time as the Borrower is requested to notify the PBGC of such 
	reportable event; (c) incur any "accumulated funding deficiency" 
	(ERISA E 302); (d) terminate its existence at any time in a 
	manner which could result in the imposition of a Lien on the 
	property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, or (e) fail 
	to report to the Agent any "complete withdrawal" or "partial 
	withdrawal" by the Borrower or an affiliate from a "multiemployer 
	plan" (ERISA EE 4203, 4205, and 4001, respectively).  The quoted 
nts maintained with the Lenders or any other 
	Lender or trust company meeting the requirements stated in 
	Section 7.8(b) above;

(d)     stock or obligations issued to the Borrower or any Subsidiary 
	thereof in settlement of claims against others by reason of an event 
	of Bankruptcy or a composition or the readjustment of debt or a 
	reorganization of any debtor of the Borrower or such Subsidiary,

(e)     commercial paper with maturities of not more than 180 days having 
	the highest rating then given by Moody's Investors Services, Inc. 
	or Standard & Poor's Corporation,

(f)     repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for 
	underlying securities of the types described in subparagraph 
	7.8(a) above entered into with the Lenders or any of the Lenders 
	referred to in subparagraph 7.8(b) above;

(g)     shares in money market mutual funds substantially all the assets of 
	which consist of securities or other obligations of the type 
	described in subparagraphs (a), (b). (d), (e) and (f) above;
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 27 OF 62 

(h)     loans or advances not exceeding $250,000 in aggregate principal 
	amount at any one time outstanding to officers and employees of the 
	Borrower, and

(i)     existing Investments by the Borrower in its Subsidiaries and 
	additional investments by the Borrower in its Subsidiaries 
	(including investments in newly formed Subsidiaries) made after the 
	date hereof, provided that such Subsidiaries (old and now) are 
	operated as sales offices and that any such additional 
	Investments are limited to those amounts necessary to 
	fund working capital and equipment needs of such Subsidiaries 
	consistent with past practice.

7.9     Sale and Leaseback.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its 
	Subsidiaries shall enter into any arrangement, directly or 
	indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any 
	property owned by it in order to lease such property or lease 
	other property that the Borrower or any such Subsidiary intends 
	to use for substantially the same purpose as the property being 
	sold or transferred; provided, however, that the Borrower and 
	its Subsidiaries shall be free to enter into such transactions 
	to the extent that the aggregate amount thereof outstanding at 
	any time does not exceed $100,000,

7.10    Additional Stock Issuance by Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall not 
	permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any additional shares of 
	their capital stack or other equity securities, any options therefor 
	or any securities convertible thereto other than to the Borrower.

7.11    Quick Ratio.  The Borrower will not permit the Quick Ratio at the 
	end of' any fiscal quarter to be less than 2.0 to 1.

7.12    Minimum Profitability.  The Borrower will not (a) incur Net Losses 
	in excess of $ 1,000,000 in any fiscal quarter ending after 
	January 31, 1996, or (b) permit cumulative Net Income to be less 
	than $1.00 over a period of any three consecutive fiscal quarters 
	beginning after January 31, 1996.

7.13    Leverage, The Borrower will not permit the ratio of Total Liabilities 
	to Tangible Net Worth at the end of any fiscal quarter to exceed 0.75 to 1.

7.14    Tangible Net Worth.  The Borrower will not permit its Tangible Net 
	Worth at the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than $50,000,000 
	plus (a) 50% of Net Income earned in each fiscal quarter after January 
	31, 1996 (with no offset or reduction for Net Losses) and (b) 50% of 
	any increase in Stockholders' Equity resulting from the issuance of 
	any shares of capital stock or Subordinated Debt of the Borrower or
	any of its Subsidiaries after January 31, 1996.

Section 8       Events of Default.

8.1     Events of Default.  The occurrence of any of the following  
	events shall be an "Event of Default" hereunder:
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 28 OF 62 

(a)     The Borrower (i) shall default in the due and punctual payment of 
	principal or interest on either or both of the Notes, or (ii) shall 
	default in the payment of any other amount due under any Loan 
	Document and for such payment is made; or

(b)     Any representation, warranty or statement made herein or any other 
	Loan Document, or in any certificate or statement furnished pursuant 
	to or in connection herewith or therewith, shall prove to be 
	incorrect, misleading or incomplete in any material 
	respect on the date as of which made or deemed made; or

(c)     The Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of any 
	term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed 
	pursuant to Sections 7.11 through 7.14; or

(d)     The Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of any 
	term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed 
	pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement or 
	any other Loan Document (other than those referred to in 
	paragraphs 8. 1 (a) through 8. 1 (c) above) and such default shall 
	continue unremedied for a period of ten (10) calendar days after 
	the occurrence of such default; or

(e)     Any obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in respect 
	of any Indebtedness (other than the Notes) or any Guarantee shall be 
	declared to be or shall become due and payable prior 
	to the stated maturity thereof, or such Indebtedness 
	or Guarantee shall not be paid as and when the same becomes due and 
	payable, or there shall occur and be continuing any default under 
	any instrument, agreement or evidence of indebtedness relating to 
	any such Indebtedness the effect of which is to permit the 
	holder or holders of such instrument, agreement or evidence of 
	indebtedness,; or a trustee, agent or other representative on behalf 
	of such holder or holders, to cause such Indebtedness to become due 
	prior to its stated maturity; or

(f)     The Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof shall (i) apply for or consent 
	to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, 
	custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a 
	substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment for 
	the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under 
	the Bankruptcy Code, (iv) file a petition seeking to take advantage 
	of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, 
	reorganization, winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, 
	(v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or 
	acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an 
	involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, or (vi) take any 
	corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of 
	the foregoing; or
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 29 OF 62 

(g)     A proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or 
	consent of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in any court of 
	competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its liquidation, reorganization, 
	dissolution or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its 
	debts, (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, 
	liquidator or the like of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or of all 
	or any substantial part of its assets, or (iii) similar relief in 
	respect of the Borrower or such Subsidiary under any law relating to 
	bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition 
	or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue 
	undismissed, or an order. judgment or decree approving or ordering 
	any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed 
	and in effect, for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief 
	against the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall be entered in an 
	involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code; or

(h)     A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess 
	of $500,000 (net of insurance proceeds) in the aggregate shall be 
	rendered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof and any 
	such judgment or judgments shall not have been vacated, discharged, 
	stayed or bonded pending appeal within thirty (30) days from 
	the entry thereof, or

(i)     The Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group shall fail to 
	pay when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of 
	$ 100,000 which it is obligated to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan 
	under Title IV of ERISA; or a notice of intent to terminate 
	a Plan or Plans having aggregate Unfunded Liabilities in excess of 
	$100,000 shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by the Borrower or 
	any member of the Controlled Group, any plan administrator or any 
	combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute 
	proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate or to cause a 
	trustee to be appointed to administer any such Plan or Plans or a 
	proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of any such Plan or 
	Plans against the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group to 
	enforce Sections 515 or 4219(c)(5) of ERISA; or a condition shall 
	exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a 
	decree adjudicating that any such Plan or Plans must be terminated; 
	or there shall occur a complete or partial withdrawal form or a 
	default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA, with 
	respect to, one or more Multiemployer Plans which could cause the 
	Borrower or one or more members of the Controlled Group to incur a 
	current payment obligation in excess of $100,000; or

j)      The Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof shall default in the 
	performance or observance of any material term, covenant or 
	agreement on its part to be performed or observed pursuant to any of 
	the provisions of any agreement with the Lenders or any 
	instrument delivered in favor of the Lenders (other than, in either 
	case, a Loan Document), and such default shall continue unremedied 
	beyond the grace period (in any) provided for therein; or

(k)     Any Security Instrument shall cease for any reason to be in full 
	force and effect or shall cease to be effective to grant a perfected 
	security interest in the Collateral described in such Security 
	Instrument with the priority stated to be granted thereby; or
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 30 OF 62 

(1)     The Borrower shall make any payment on account of its Subordinated 
	Debt, except to the extent such payment is expressly permitted hereby
	or under any subordination agreement entered into with the 
	Agent and the Lenders,

8.2     Remedies Upon an Event of Default.  If any Event of Default shall 
	have occurred and be continuing, the Agent upon direction of all 
	the Lenders may (a) declare the Total Line of Credit Commitment 
	terminated (whereupon the Total Line of Credit Commitment shall be 
	terminated) and/or (b) declare the principal amount then outstanding 
	of, and the accrued interest on, the Line of Credit Loans and 
	commitment fees and all other amounts payable hereunder and under 
	the Notes to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon such amounts 
	shall be and become immediately due and payable, without notice 
	(including, without limitation, notice of intent to accelerate), 
	presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, 
	all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; 
	provided that in the case of the occurrence of an Event of 
	Default with respect to the Borrower referred to in clauses 8.1 
	(f) and 8.1 (g) of Section 8.1, the Total Line of Credit 
	Commitment shall be automatically terminated and the principal 
	amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest on the Line 
	of Credit Loans and commitment fees and all other amounts 
	payable hereunder and under the Notes shall be and become 
	automatically and immediately due and payable, without notice 
	(including, without limitation, notice of intent to accelerate), 
	presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, 
	all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.



Section 9       Definitions.

9.1     Certain Definitions.

	"Accountants" means Coopers & Lybrand or another accounting 
	firm of national reputation or other certified public 
	accountants selected by the Borrower and approved by the Agent.

	"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person 
	(the "Specified Person") , any Person directly or indirectly 
	controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common 
	control with, the Specified Person and, without limiting the 
	generality of the foregoing, includes (i) any director or 
	officer of the Specified Person or any Affiliate of the 
	Specified Person, (ii) any such director's or officer's parent, 
	spouse, child or child's spouse (a "relative'), (iii) any group 
	acting in concert, of one or more such directors, officers, 
	relatives or any combination thereof (a "group"), (iv) any 
	Person controlled by any such director, officer, relative or 
	group in which any such director, officer, relative or group 
	beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of any class of voting 
	securities or a 5% or greater equity or profits interest and 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 31 OF 62         
	
	(v) any Person or group which beneficially owns or holds 5% or 
	more of any class of voting securities or a 5% or greater equity 
	or profits interest in the Specified Person. For the purposes of 
	this definition, the term "control" when used with respect to 
	any Specified Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, 
	of the power to direct or cause the direction of the 
	management or policies of such Specified Person, whether through 
	the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

	"Agent" shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble.

	"Agreement" shall mean this Credit Agreement.

	"Authorized Officer of the Borrower" means an officer of 
	the Borrower had been duly authorized by all appropriate 
	corporate action to execute and deliver this Agreement, the 
	Notes, any other Loan Documents and any certificate furnished on 
	behalf of the Borrower in connection therewith, evidence of 
	which authorization has been furnished to the Agent,

	"Banking Day" shall mean any day, excluding Saturday and 
	Sunday and excluding any other day which in The Commonwealth of 
	Massachusetts, the State of California or the Commonwealth of 
	Pennsylvania is a legal holiday or a day on which banking 
	institutions are authorized by law to close.

	"Borrower"-shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.


	"Borrower Property" means any real property owned, occupied, or 
	operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

	"Capital Lease Obligations" means, as to any Person, the 
	obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a 
	lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real 
	and/or personal property which obligations are required to be 
	classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance 
	sheet of such Person under GAAP (including Statement of 
	Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 of the Financial 
	Accounting Standards Board) and, for purposes of this Agreement, 
	the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount 
	thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP (including FASB 
	Statement No. 13).

	"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, 
	or any successor statute,

	"Collateral" shall have the meaning given that term in the 
	Security Agreement.

	"Commitment Expiration Date" shall have the meaning 
	specified in Section 1.1.       

	"Commitment Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any 
	Lender, that Lender's Line of Credit Commitment expressed as a 
	percentage of the total Line of Credit Commitments of all Lenders.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 32 OF 62         
	
	"Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any 
	provision of any security issued by such Person or of any 
	agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person 
	is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

	"Controlled Group" means all members of a controlled group 
	of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not 
	incorporated) under common control which, together with the 
	Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 
	of the Code.

	"1991 Commitment Letter" shall have the meaning specified 
	in the Preamble hereto.

	"CoreStates" shall have the meaning specified in the 
	Preamble hereto.

	"Current Liabilities" means, at any time, all liabilities of the 
	Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time, on a consolidated 
	basis, that would be classified as current liabilities in 
	accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all 
	Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries payable on 
	demand or maturing within one year of such time, or renewable at 
	the option of the Borrower or such Subsidiary for a period of 
	not more than one year from such time, and all serial maturity 
	and periodic or installment payments on any Indebtedness, to the 
	extent such payments are required to be made within one year 
	from such time, provided. however, for purposes of calculating 
	the Quick Ratio under Section 7.11, Current Liabilities shall not 
	include Deferred Revenues; but only to the extent that they 
	do not exceed $12,000,000 in the aggregate.

	"Default" means any condition or event that constitutes an Event of 
	Default or that with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both 
	would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

	"Deferred Customer Funding" means payments received by the 
	Borrower or its Subsidiaries from customers for funded research 
	and development that are deferred in accordance with GAAP.

	"Deferred Revenues" means revenues of the Borrower and its 
	Subsidiaries that are deferred in accordance with GAAP, 
	including without limitation Deferred Customer Funding.

	"Environmental Laws" means all federal, state, local and foreign 
	laws, and all regulations, notices or demand letters issued, 
	promulgated or entered thereunder, relating to pollution or 
	protection of the environment and to occupational health and 
	safety, including, without limitation, laws relating to 
	emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of 
	pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or Hazardous Substances 
	into the environment (including. without limitation, ambient 
<PAGE>
       
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 33 OF 62         
	
	air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface 
	strata) or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, 
	distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or 
	handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or Hazardous 
	Substances.

	"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act 
	of 1974, as amended, or any successor statutes.

	"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

	"Extension of Credit" means the making of any Line of 
	Credit Loan or the issuance of any Letter of Credit or both.

	"Financial Statements Date" means January 31, 1995.

	"GAAP" means accounting principles generally accepted in 
	the United States applied on a consistent basis.

	"Governmental Approvals" shall mean any authorization, 
	consent, order, approval, license, lease, ruling, permit, 
	tariff, rate, certification, validation, exemption, filing or 
	registration by or with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority.

	"Governmental Authority" shall mean any federal, state, 
	municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, 
	bureau, agency, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, 
	domestic or. foreign, and any arbitrator.

	"Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, 
	of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or 
	other obligation of an other Person and, without limiting the generality 
	of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or 
	otherwise of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply 
	funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation 
	(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to 
	keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-
	pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) 
	entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee 
	of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to 
	protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
	provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for 
	collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The term 
	"Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

	"Hazardous Substances" shall mean all hazardous and toxic substances, 
	wastes or materials, hydrocarbons (including naturally occurring or 
	man-made petroleum and hydrocarbons), flammable explosives, urea 
	formaldehyde insulation, radioactive materials, biological substances, 
	PCBS, pesticides, herbicides and any other kind and/or type of pollutants, 
	or contaminates and/or any other similar substances or materials which, 
	because of toxic, flammable, explosive, corrosive, reactive, radioactive 
	or other properties that may be hazardous to human health or the environment, 
	are included under or regulated by any Environmental Laws.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 34 OF 62         
	
	"Indebtedness" of any Person at any date shall mean, (a) all 
	indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the 
	deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding 
	current trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of 
	business and payable in accordance with customary practices, but 
	including any class of capital stock of such Person with fixed 
	payment obligations or with redemption at the option of the 
	holder), or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or 
	similar instrument, (b) all obligations of such Person under 
	leases that should be treated as capitalized leases in 
	accordance with GAAP, (c) all obligations of such Person in 
	respect of acceptances issued or created for the account of such 
	Person, and all reimbursement obligations (contingent or 
	otherwise) of such Person in respect of any letters of credit 
	issued for the account of such Person, and (d) all liabilities 
	secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person even 
	though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable 
	for the payment thereof

	"Insured" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.7.

	"Intellectual Property" shall have the meaning specified in 
	Section 5. 16.

	"Interest Period" means, with respect to any LIBOR Loan, 
	the period commencing on the date such LIBOR Loan is converted 
	from a Prime Rate Loan or the last day of the next preceding 
	Interest Period with respect to such LIBOR Loan and ending on 
	the numerically corresponding day in the first, second or third 
	calendar month thereafter, as the Borrower may select as 
	provided in Section 2.6, except that each such Interest Period 
	which commences on the last Banking Day of a calendar month (or 
	on any day for which there is no numerically corresponding day 
	in the appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall end on the 
	last Banking Day of the appropriate subsequent calendar month.

	"Investments" means, with respect to any Person (the 
	"Investor") (a) any investment by, the Investor in any other 
	Person, whether by means of share purchase, capital contribution, 
	purchase or other acquisition of a partnership or joint venture 
	interest, loan, time deposit, demand deposit or otherwise and 
	(b) any Guarantee by the Borrower of any Indebtedness or other 
	obligation of any other Person.

	"Issuing Bank" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.9(a).

	"Lenders" means SVB, CoreStates and each other Person that may after 
	the date hereof become a party to this Agreement as a "Lender" hereunder.

	"Letter of Credit" means any commercial letter of credit or 
	standby letter of credit issued by the Issuing Bank for the 
	account of the Borrower as provided in this Agreement.

	"LIBOR Loan" means, at any time, that principal amount of the Line of 
	Credit Loans, the interest on which is determined at such time on the 
	basis of rates referred to in the definition of "LIBOR Rate".
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 35 OF 62         
	
	"LIBOR Rate" means with respect to any Interest Period 
	pertaining to a LIBOR Loan, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, 
	if necessary, to the nearest 1 1/16th of 1%) equal to the 
	quotient of (a) the rate determined by SVB in the case of 
	Working Capital Line of Credit Loans to be the prevailing per 
	annum rate at which deposits in U. S. dollars are offered to 
	such Lender by first-class banks two Working Days prior to the 
	beginning of such Interest Period in the London interbank market 
	at or about10: 00 a.m., Boston time, for delivery on the first 
	day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised 
	therein and in an amount equal to the amount of the LIBOR Loan 
	to be outstanding during such Interest Period, divided by (b) a 
	number equal to 1.00 minus the Reserve Requirement for such 
	LIBOR Loan during such Interest Period.

	"Lien" means any security interest, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, 
	assignment, deposit arrangement or security 
	arrangement of any kind, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), 
	preference or priority of any kind or nature whatsoever 
	(including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other 
	title retention agreement, any lease that should be capitalized 
	in accordance with GAAP, and the filing of a financing statement 
	under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any 
	jurisdiction), together with any renewal or extension thereof.

	"Line of Credit Commitment" shall have the meaning 
	specified in Section 1.2.

	"Line of Credit Loans" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.1.

	"Loan Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement, the 
	Notes, any Letters of Credit, the Security Instruments and all 
	other agreements and instruments that are from time to time 
	executed in connection with the foregoing, as each of such 
	agreements and instruments may be amended, modified or 
	supplemented from time to time.

	"Material Adverse " means a material adverse effect on (a) 
	the business, operations, property, condition (financial or 
	otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower, or of the Borrower and 
	its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the 
	Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the 
	Notes or any of the other Loan Documents, or (c) the validity or 
	enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other 
	Loan Documents, or the rights or remedies of the Agent or the 
	Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

	"Maturity Date" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.8.

	"Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee pension 
	benefit plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA 
	to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group is 
	then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or 
	has within the preceding five plan years made contributions, 
	including for these purposes any Person which ceased to be a 
	member of the Controlled Group during such five year period.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 36 OF 62         
	
	"Net Income" or "Net Loss" for any period in respect of 
	which the amount thereof shall be determined, shall mean the 
	aggregate of the consolidated net income (or net loss) after 
	taxes for such period (taken as a cumulative whole) of the 
	Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP.

	"Notes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

	"Notice of Borrowing" shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.5.

	"Obligations" shall have the meaning given the term  
	"Secured Obligations" in the Security Agreement.

	"Office of the Agent" shall initially mean the banking 
	office of the Agent located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, 
	California 95454, or such other location of which the Agent 
	shall notify the Borrower.

	"Office of the Lender" shall mean (a) in the case of SVB, 
	3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95454, or such other 
	location of which SVB shall notify the Borrower and the other 
	Lenders; and (b) in the case of CoreStates, 1345 Chestnut 
	Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19107 or such other location 
	of which CoreStates shall notify the Borrower and the other Lender.

	"Parent" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5.

	"Participation Percentage" shall mean for both SVB and 
	CoreStates fifty percent (50 %).

	"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or 
	any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

	"Permitted Liens" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

	"Person" shall mean and include any individual, firm, 
	corporation, trust or other unincorporated organization or 
	association or other enterprise or any government or political 
	subdivision, agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

	"Plan" means any employee pension benefit plan which is 
	covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding 
	standards under Section 412 of the Code and is either (a) 
	maintained by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group 
	for employees of the Borrower or any member of the Controlled 
	Group or (b) maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining 
	agreement or any other arrangement under which more than one 
	employer makes contributions and to which the Borrower or any 
	member of the Controlled Group is then making or accruing an 
	obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding 
	five plan years made contributions.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 37 OF 62         
	
	"Post-Default Rate" means, in respect of any principal of 
	the Line of Credit Loans or any other amount payable by the 
	Borrower under this Agreement which is not paid when due 
	(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), a 
	rate per annum during the period commencing on the due date 
	until such amount is paid in full (after as well as before 
	judgment) equal to the sum of 4% per annum plus the higher of 
	(i) the rate of interest applicable to Prime Rate Loans and 
	(ii) in the case of any LIBOR Loan, the rate of interest otherwise 
	applicable to such LIBOR Loan.

	"Prime Rate" shall mean the per annum rate of interest from 
	time to time announced and made effective by the Agent as its 
	Prime Rate (which rate may or may not be the lowest rate 
	available from the Agent at any given time).

	"Prime Rate Loan" means at any time the principal amount of 
	the Line of Credit Loans which bears interest at the Prime Rate.

	"Quick Ratio" means, at any time, all cash, Short Term 
	Investments and accounts receivable, less reserves for doubtful 
	accounts, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time, on 
	a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, 
	divided by the aggregate of all Current Liabilities at such time.

	"Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors 
	of the Federal Reserve System as the same may be amended or 
	supplemented from time to time.

	"Regulatory Change" means any change on or after the date 
	of this Agreement in United States federal, state or foreign 
	laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or 
	making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives 
	or requests applying to a class of lenders including the Banks 
	of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign, 
	laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by 
	any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the 
	interpretation or administration thereof (other than changes 
	which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net 
	income of any Bank by the jurisdiction in which such Bank has 
	its principal office.

	"Reserve Requirement" means, for any LIBOR Loans for any 
	Interest Period therefor, the average maximum rate at which 
	reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency 
	reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest 
	Period under Regulation D by the Bank against "Eurocurrency 
	liabilities" (as such term is used in Regulation D).
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 38 OF 62         
	
	"Restricted Payment" means, with respect to the Borrower or 
	any Subsidiary thereof, (a) any dividend or other distribution 
	on any shares of capital stock of the Borrower or such 
	Subsidiary (except dividends payable solely in shares of such 
	capital stock or rights to acquire such capital stock) or (b) 
	any payment or other distribution on account of the purchase, 
	redemption, retirement or acquisition of (i) any shares of the 
	capital stock of the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof or (ii) 
	any option, warrant, convertible security or other right to 
	acquire shares of the capital stock of the Borrower or a 
	Subsidiary thereof

	"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

	"Security Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

	"Security Instruments" means, collectively, the Security 
	Agreement and each other instrument or agreement that purports 
	to secure the obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders or the Agent.

	"Short Term Investments" means marketable obligations having a 
	maturity of less than 90 days from the date of purchase.

	"Standby Letter of Credit" means a letter of credit, 
	commonly known as a "standby" or "guaranty" letter of credit, 
	issued to pay the beneficiary in the event of the account 
	party's failure to perform an obligation.

	"Subordinated Debt" means Indebtedness of the Borrower that 
	is subordinated to the Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to the 
	Lenders either (a) pursuant to a subordination agreement in form 
	and substance satisfactory to the Agent between the Lenders and 
	the holder(s) of such Indebtedness, or (b) pursuant to the terms 
	thereof, where the Agent has confirmed in writing that such 
	terms are satisfactory to it.

	"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or 
	other entity of which securities or other ownership interests having 
	ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors 
	or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly 
	or indirectly owned by such Person.

	"SVB" shall have the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.

	"Tangible Net Worth" means, at any time, the consolidated 
	stockholders' equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at 
	such time determined in accordance with GAAP, less all assets 
	that are reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the 
	Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time that would be treated 
	as intangibles under GAAP (including, but not limited, to 
	goodwill, capitalized software and excess purchase costs), plus 
	all then outstanding Subordinated Debt.

	"Total Line of Credit Commitment" shall have the meaning 
	specified in Section 1.2.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 39 OF 62         
	
	"Total Liabilities" means, at any time, the consolidated 
	liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time, 
	determined in accordance with GAAP, less all then outstanding 
	Subordinated Debt, provided, however, for purposes of 
	calculating the leverage ratio under Section 7.13.  Total 
	Liabilities shall not include Deferred Revenues but only to the 
	extent that they do not exceed $12,000,000 in the aggregate.

	"Trade Letter of Credit" means a letter of credit, commonly 
	known as a "trade" or "commercial" letter of credit, payable 
	upon the presentation of a draft and specified documents and 
	issued to facilitate payment for the purchase of goods.

	"UCC" shall have the meaning given such term in the Security Agreement.

	"Unfunded Liabilities" means, with respect to any Plan at 
	any time the amount (if any) by which (a) the present value of 
	all benefits under such Plan exceeds (b) the fair market value 
	of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as 
	of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only 
	to the extent that such excess represents a potential liability 
	of the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group to the 
	PBGC or such Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

	"Working Day" means any day on which dealings in foreign 
	currency and exchange between banks may be carried on in the 
	Offices of the Lenders.

Section 10      Miscellaneous.

10.1    Accounting Terms and Definitions   Unless otherwise specified herein, 
	all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all 
	determinations with respect to accounting matters hereunder shall be 
	made, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as 
	to financial matters required to be delivered hereunder shall be 
	prepared, in accordance with GAAP, provided that if any change in 
	GAAP in itself materially affects the calculation of any financial 
	covenant in this Agreement, the Borrower may, by notice to the Agent, 
	or the Agent may by notice to the Borrower, require that such covenant 
	thereafter be calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect, and 
	applied by the Borrower, immediately before such change in GAAP occurs.  
	If such notice is given, the compliance certificates delivered 
	pursuant to Section 6.4(c) after such change occurs shall be 
	accompanied by reconciliations of the difference between the calcu-
	lation set forth therein and a calculation made in accordance with 
	GAAP as in effect from time of time after such change occurs.  To 
	enable the ready determination of compliance with the covenants set 
	forth in this Agreement, the Borrower will not change the date on 
	which its fiscal year or any of its fiscal quarters end without the 
	prior consent of the Agent.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 40 OF 62 

10.2    Amendments, Etc.  (a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this 
	Agreement or the Notes, nor consent to any departure  by the Borrower 
	therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in 
	writing and signed by the Lenders and then such waiver or consent shall 
	be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose 
	for which given.(b) In consideration of any waiver of any compliance 
	with the express terms hereof, the Borrower may be required to pay to 
	the Agent for the account of the Lenders a waiver fee as determined by 
	the Lenders at such time.

10.3    Notices, Etc.  All notices and other communications provided for 
	hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, by a 
	nationally recognized commercial overnight delivery service, by first 
	class mail or by telecopy, delivered, addressed or transmitted, if to 
	the Borrower, at its address at 100 Quannapowitt Parkway, Wakefield, 
	Massachusetts 01880 Attention: Carol B. Langer, Chief Financial 
	Officer, Telecopy No. (617) 245-5322, if to the Agent, at its address 
	at Wellesley Office Park, 40 William Street, Wellesley, Massachusetts 
	02181, Attention: Jane A. Braun, Vice President, Telecopy No. 
	(617) 431-9906; if to SVB, to the address given for the Agent; if to 
	CoreStates, at its address at CoreStates Bank, N.A., National Middle 
	Market, NY/NE/NJ, FC 1-1-3-36, 1345 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, 
	Pennsylvania 19107 Attention: R. Thomas Esser, Vice President, 
	Telecopy No. (215) 973-1882 as to each party to this Agreement, at 
	such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written 
	notice to the other parties.  All such notices and communications 
	shall be deemed effective, (a) in the case of hand deliveries, when 
	delivered; (b) in the case of an overnight delivery service, on the 
	next Banking Day after being placed in the possession of such 
	delivery service, with delivery charges prepaid; (c) in the case of 
	mail, three days after deposit in the postal system, first class 
	postage prepaid; and (d) in the case of telecopy notices, when 
	electronic indication of receipt is received, except that notices to 
	the Agent pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.5 shall not be 
	effective until received by the Agent.

10.4    No Waiver: Remedies.  No failure on the part of the Agent or the 
	Lenders to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder 
	or under the Notes shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any 
	single or partial exercise of any right hereunder or under the Notes 
	preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any 
	other right.  The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not 
	exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

10.5    Right of Set-off,  (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance 
	of any Event of Default, the Agent and each of the Lenders is hereby 
	authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent 
	permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general 
	or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and 
	other indebtedness at any time owing by the Agent or any of the 
	Lenders to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against 
	any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter 
	existing under this Agreement and the Notes, irrespective of whether 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 41 OF 62         
	
	or not the Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder 
	and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured.(b) The 
	Agent and each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after 
	any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give 
	such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. 
	The rights of the Agent and the Lenders under this Section11.5 are in 
	addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, 
	other rights of set-off) which the Agent and the Lenders may have.

10.6    Expenses: Indemnification, (a) The Borrower shall pay on demand (i) the 
	reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agent in connection 
	with the preparation of this Agreement and the preparation or review of 
	each agreement, opinion, certificate and other document referred to in 
	or delivered pursuant hereto; (ii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses 
	of the Agent in connection with the administration of this Agreement 
	and the other Loan Documents, and any waiver or amendment of any 
	provision hereof or thereof, including without limitation, the reasonable 
	fees and disbursements of counsel for the Agent, and of any field 
	examiner or auditor retained by the Agent as contemplated in Section 
	6.8; and (iii) if any Event of Default occurs, all costs and expenses 
	incurred by the Agent and each Lender, including the reasonable fee 
	and disbursements of counsel to the Agent and each Lender, and of any 
	appraisers, environmental engineers or consultants, or investment 
	banking firms retained by the Agent in connection with such Event of 
	Default or collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement 
	proceedings related thereto.  The Borrower agrees to pay, indemnify 
	and hold the Agent and each Lender harmless from, any and all 
	recording and filing fees, and any and all liabilities with respect 
	to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise or other 
	taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in 
	connection with the execution and delivery of or the consummation or 
	administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any 
	amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent 
	under or in respect of, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, 
	or any documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.(b) The Borrower 
	agrees to indemnify the Agent and each Lender and its officers and 
	directors and hold the Agent and each Lender and its officers and 
	directors harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, 
	damages, costs and expenses of any kind (including, without limitation, 
	the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Agent and 
	each Lender in connection with any investigative, administrative 
	or judicial proceeding initiated by a third party, whether or not the 
	Agent or a Lender shall be designated a party thereto) which may be 
	incurred by the Agent or a Lender, relating to or arising out of this 
	Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the existence of any Hazardous 
	Substance on, in, or under any Borrower Property, or any violation of 
	any applicable Environmental Laws for which the Borrower or any Subsidiary 
	thereof has any liability or which occurs upon any Borrower Property, 
	or the imposition of any Lien under any Environmental Laws, provided 
	that the Agent and the Lenders shall not have the right to be indemnified 
	hereunder for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as 
	determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.(c) The agreements in 
	this Section 10.6 shall survive the repayment of the Notes and all 
	other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 42 OF 62 

10.7    Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become effective when it shall 
	have been executed by the Borrower, each of the Lenders and the Agent 
	(provided, however, that in no event shall this Agreement become 
	effective until signed by an officer of SVB in California) and thereafter 
	shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the 
	Lenders and the Agent and their respective successors and assigns, 
	except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its 
	rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written 
	consent of the Agent and the Lenders.  The Lenders may assign to any 
	financial institution all or any part of, or any interest (undivided 
	or divided) in, their respective rights and benefits under this 
	Agreement or the Notes, and to the extent of that assignment such 
	assignee shall have the same rights and benefits against the Borrower 
	hereunder as it would have had if such assignee were the Lenders 
	making the Line of Credit Loans hereunder.

10.8    Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited, 
	unenforceable or not authorized in any jurisdiction shall, as to such 
	jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition, 
	unenforceability or non-authorization without invalidating the remaining 
	provisions hereof or affecting the validity, enforceability or 
	legality of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.9    GOVERNING LAW: AGREEMENT UNDER SEAL.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE 
	GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE 
	COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL, UPON ACCEPTANCE BY THE 
	BORROWER, CONSTITUTE AN AGREEMENT UNDER SEAL AMONG THE PARTIES,

10.10   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE LENDERS, THE AGENT AND THE BORROWER 
	AGREE THAT NEITHER OF THEM NOR ANY ASSIGNEE OR SUCCESSOR SHALL (A) 
	SEEK A JURY TRIAL IN ANY LAWSUIT, PROCEEDING, COUNTERCLAIM OR ANY 
	OTHER ACTION BASED UPON, OR ARISING OUT OF, THIS AGREEMENT, ANY 
	RELATED INSTRUMENTS, ANY COLLATERAL OR THE DEALINGS OR THE RELATIONSHIP 
	BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THEM, OR (B) SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY 
	SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT 
	BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED.  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 
	HAVE BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY THE LENDERS AND THE BORROWER, AND THESE 
	PROVISIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO NO EXCEPTIONS.  NEITHER THE 
	LENDERS NOR THE BORROWER HAS AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO THE 
	OTHER THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH WILL NOT BE FULLY 
	ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES.

10.11   VENUE, CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS.  THE BORROWER ACCEPTS FOR 
	ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND 
	UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL 
	COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 
	(AND IN THE EVENT SVB IS FOR ANY REASON DENIED ACCESS TO THE COURTS 
	OF MASSACHUSETTS, THEN SOLELY IN SUCH CASE, CALIFORNIA) IN ANY 
	ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND AGAINST IT WHICH ARISES 
	OUT OF OR BY REASON OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, ANY OTHER LOAN 
	DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, 
	IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL JUDGMENT RENDERED BY 
	ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN WHICH 
	IT SHALL HAVE BEEN SERVED WITH PROCESS IN THE MANNER HEREINAFTER 
	PROVIDED, SUBJECT TO EXERCISE AND EXHAUSTION OF ALL RIGHTS OF 
	APPEAL AND TO THE EXTENT THAT IT MAY LAWFULLY DO SO. WAIVES AND 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 43 OF 62         
	
	AGREES NOT TO ASSERT, BY WAY OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR 
	OTHERWISE, IN SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ANY CLAIMS THAT IT 
	IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT, 
	THAT ITS PROPERTY IS EXEMPT OR IMMUNE FROM ATTACHMENT OR 
	EXECUTION, THAT THE ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN AN 
	INCONVENIENT FORUM OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF IS IMPROPER, AND 
	AGREES THAT PROCESS MAY BE SERVED UPON IT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, 
	SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN THE MANNER PROVIDED BY CHAPTER 223A OF THE 
	GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS, RULE 4 OF THE MASSACHUSETTS RULES 
	OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, SECTION 415.40 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF 
	CIVIL PROCEDURE OR RULE 4 OF THE FEDERAL RULES OF CIVIL PROCEDURE.

10.12   Headings.  Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for 
	convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this 
	Agreement for any other purpose.

10.13   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts 
	each of which shall constitute an original and all of which taken 
	together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Intentionally Left Blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly 
executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized 
as of the date first above written.

BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Borrower

By:                                             
Name: Carol B. Langer
By: /s/ Carol B. Langer
___________________________
Title: SVP Finance & Admin.

SILICON VALLEY EAST,
a Division of Silicon Valley Bank,
as a Lender and the Agent

By: \s\Jane A. Braun
_____________________
Name: Jane A. Braun
Title: Vice President

SILICON VALLEY BANK,
as a Lender and the Agent

By: \s\Gregory T. Linvill
____________________________
Name: Gregory T. Linvill
Title: Vice President
(Signed at Santa Clara, California)

CORESTATES BANK, N.A., as a Lender

By: \s\R. Thomas Esser
________________________
Name: R. Thomas Esser
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 44 OF 62 

Exhibit A-1

AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

$12,500,000                                             Wakefield, Massachusetts

Dated as of January 31, 1996 (Originally, dated as of January 31, 1991, 
as amended by an Allonge and Amendment dated July 15, 1992, and as amended 
and restated by Amended and Restated Promissory Notes dated as of July 28, 
1993 and July 11, 1994.)

For value received, the undersigned, BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware 
corporation (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to SILICON VALLEY BANK 
(the "Bank") at its office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, 
California 95454, or to its order, the lesser of TWELVE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED 
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($12,500,000) or the outstanding principal amount of all 
advances made by the Bank pursuant to the Credit Agreement hereinafter 
referred to, on July 6, 1997 (the "Maturity Date") in lawful money of the 
United States and in immediately available funds, together with interest on 
the principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates 
provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below until maturity, payable 
monthly in arrears on the first day of each calendar month occurring after 
the date hereof and on the Maturity Date.

Computations of interest shall be made by the Bank on the basis of a year of 
360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which 
such interest is payable.

This promissory note amends and restates the terms and conditions of the 
obligations of the Borrower under the promissory note dated January 31, 1991, 
as amended by an Allonge and Amendment dated July 15, 1992, and as further 
amended and restated by Amended and Restated Promissory Notes dated as of 
July 28, 1993 and July 11, 1994 (the "Original Note"), by the Borrower to the 
Bank.  This note is one of the promissory notes (collectively, the "Notes") 
referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 1996 (together 
with all related schedules), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, 
modified or supplemented from time to time (the "Credit Agreement") among 
the Borrower, the Lenders named therein (including the Bank), and the Bank in 
its capacity as Agent and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment as 
provided therein, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other 
Loan Documents referred to therein.  Each occurrence in each Loan Document 
(as defined in the Credit Agreement) of "the Note", "thereof", "therein", 
"thereunder", or words of like import referring to the Original Note, shall 
mean and be a reference to the Original Note as amended and restated hereby.
After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under 
and as defined in the Credit Agreement, the Agent (but only with the consent 
of each of the Banks) may (a) declare the Line of Credit Commitments (as such 
term is defined in the Credit Agreement) terminated (whereupon the Line of 
Credit Commitments shall be terminated), by notice to the Borrower, and/or 
(b) declare the principal amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest 
on the advances under the Notes and all other amounts payable under the Notes 
to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon such amounts shall be and become 
immediately due and payable, without notice (including, without limitation, 
notice of intent to accelerate), presentment, demand, protest or other 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 45 OF 62 

formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the 
Borrower; provided that in the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default 
with respect to the Borrower referred to in Section 8.1 to the Credit 
Agreement, the Line of Credit Commitments shall be automatically terminated 
and the principal amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest on the 
advances hereunder and under the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder 
and under the Notes shall be and become automatically and immediately due and 
payable, without notice (including, without limitation, notice of intent to 
accelerate), presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, 
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

The amount, date and Type of all advances made to the Borrower pursuant to 
the Credit Agreement and all payments of principal and interest in respect of 
such advances shall be evidenced by the Bank's records, which shall, in the 
absence of manifest error, be conclusive as to the outstanding amount of 
all advances and interest thereon.

The undersigned agrees to pay all costs and expenses of the Agent and the 
Bank (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of 
attorneys) in connection with the enforcement of this note and the other Loan 
Documents and the preservation of their respective rights hereunder and 
thereunder.

No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right hereunder 
shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Bank, 
nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar 
to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The 
Borrower and every endorser or guarantor of this note regardless of the time,
order or place of signing waives presentment, demand, protest and notices of
every kind and assents to any one or more extensions or postponements of the 
time of payment or any other indulgences, to any substitutions, exchanges or 
releases of collateral for this note, and to the additions or releases of any
other parties or persons primarily or secondarily liable.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE BANK AND ACCEPTED BY 
THE BANK IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.THE BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY 
RIGHT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR 
PROCEEDING WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR BY REASON OF THIS NOTE, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT 
(AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT), OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 46 OF 62 

Exhibit A-2

AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

$12,500,000     Wakefield, Massachusetts
	Dated as of January 31, 1996 
(Originally dated as of January 31, 1991, as amended  by an Allonge and 
Amendment dated July 15, 1992, and as amended and restated by Amended and 
Restated Promissory Notes dated as of July 28, 1993 and July 11, 1994.)

For value received, the undersigned, BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware 
corporation (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to CORESTATES BANK, N.A. 
(the "Bank") at its office located 1345 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania 19107, or to its order, the lesser of TWELVE MILLION FIVE 
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($12,500,000) or the outstanding principal amount of 
all advances made by the Bank pursuant to the Credit Agreement hereinafter 
referred to, on July 6, 1997 (the "Maturity Date") in lawful money of the 
United States and in immediately available funds, together with interest on 
the principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates 
provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below until maturity, payable 
monthly in arrears on the first day of each calendar month occurring after 
the date hereof and on the Maturity Date.

Computations of interest shall be made by the Bank on the basis of a year of 
360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which 
such interest is payable.

This promissory note amends and restates the terms and conditions of the 
obligations of the Borrower under the promissory note dated January 31, 1991, 
as amended by an Allonge and Amendment dated July 15, 1992, and as further 
amended and restated by Amended and Restated Promissory Notes dated as of 
July 28, 1993 and July 11, 1994 (the "Original Note"), by the Borrower to the 
Bank.  This note is one of the promissory notes (collectively, the "Notes") 
referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 1996 (together 
with all related schedules), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, 
modified or supplemented from time to time (the "Credit Agreement") among the 
Borrower, the Lenders named therein (including the Bank), and the Bank in its 
capacity as Agent and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment as 
provided therein, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other 
Loan Documents referred to therein.  Each occurrence in each Loan Document 
(as defined in the Credit Agreement) of "the Note", "thereof", "therein", 
"thereunder", or words of like import referring to the Original Note, shall 
mean and be a reference to the Original Note as amended and restated hereby.

After the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default under 
and as defined in the Credit Agreement, the Agent (but only with the consent 
of each of the Banks) may (a) declare the Line of Credit Commitments (as such 
term is defined in the Credit Agreement) terminated (whereupon the Line of 
Credit Commitments shall be terminated), by notice to the Borrower, and/or 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 47 OF 62 

(b) declare the principal amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest 
on the advances under the Notes and all other amounts payable under the Notes 
to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon such amounts shall be and become 
immediately due and payable, without notice (including, without limitation, 
notice of intent to accelerate), presentment, demand, protest or other 
formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the 
Borrower; provided that in the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default 
with respect to the Borrower referred to in Section 8.1 to the Credit 
Agreement, the Line of Credit Commitments shall be automatically terminated 
and the principal amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest on the 
advances hereunder and under the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder 
and under the Notes shall be and become automatically and immediately due and 
payable, without notice (including, without limitation, notice of intent to 
accelerate), presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, 
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

The amount, date and Type of all advances made to the Borrower pursuant to the 
Credit Agreement and all payments of principal and interest in respect of such 
advances shall be evidenced by the Bank's records, which shall, in the absence 
of manifest error, be conclusive as to the outstanding amount of all advances 
and interest thereon.

The undersigned agrees to pay all costs and expenses of the Agent and the 
Bank (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of 
attorneys) in connection with the enforcement of this note and the other Loan 
Documents and the preservation of their respective rights hereunder and 
thereunder.

No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right hereunder 
shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Bank, 
nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar 
to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The 
Borrower and every endorser or guarantor of this note regardless of the time,
order or place of signing waives presentment, demand, protest and notices of 
every kind and assents to any one or more extensions or postponements of the 
time of payment or any other indulgences, to any substitutions, exchanges or 
releases of collateral for this note, and to the additions or releases of any
other parties or persons primarily or secondarily liable.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE BANK AND ACCEPTED BY 
THE BANK IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

THE BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE 
TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR BY 
REASON OF THIS NOTE, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT), 
OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 48 OF 62 

BY ITS EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE, THE BORROWER ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF 
AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE 
EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION 
IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (AND, IN THE EVENT THE BANK IS DENIED 
ACCESS TO THE COURTS OF MASSACHUSETTS, THEN SOLELY IN SUCH CASE, CALIFORNIA) 
IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND AGAINST IT WHICH ARISES OUT OF 
OR BY REASON OF TIES NOTE, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT 
AGREEMENT), OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO 
BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL JUDGMENT RENDERED BY ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUCH 
ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN WHICH IT SHALL HAVE BEEN SERVED WITH PROCESS 
IN THE MANNER HEREINAFTER PROVIDED (SUBJECT TO EXERCISE AND EXHAUSTION OF ALL 
RIGHTS OF APPEAL), AND TO THE EXTENT THAT IT MAY LAWFULLY DO SO, WAIVES AND 
AGREES NOT TO ASSERT, BY WAY OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE, IN SUCH 
ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ANY CLAIMS THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY 
SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT, THAT ITS PROPERTY IS EXEMPT OR 
IMMUNE FROM ATTACHMENT OR EXECUTION, THAT THE ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IS 
BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF IS IMPROPER, AND 
AGREES THAT PROCESS MAY BE SERVED UPON IT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR 
PROCEEDING IN THE MANNER PROVIDED BY CHAPTER 223A OF THE GENERAL LAWS OF 
MASSACHUSETTS, RULE 4 OF THE MASSACHUSETTS RULES OF CIVIL 
PROCEDURE OR RULE 4 OF THE FEDERAL RULES OF CIVIL PROCEDURE.

ALL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE 
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE UNDER SEAL.

BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.



By \s\  Carol B. Langer
- --------------------------
  Name: Carol B. Langer
  Title: SVP - Finance & Admin.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 49 OF 62 

Exhibit B

Loan Payment/Advance Telephone Request Form
Deadline For Same Day Processing Is 3:00 P.M., E.S.T.

To: Central Client Service Division                     Date:           

Fax#: (617)431-9906                                     Time:                   

FROM:                                                                   
CLIENT NAME (BORROWER)
REQUESTED BY:                                                           
AUTHORIZED SIGNER'S NAME

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:           

PHONE NUMBER:   

FROM ACCOUNT #          TO ACCOUNT #                    

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE,     REQUEST DOLLAR AMOUNT

PRINCIPAL INCREASE (ADVANCE)    $                       
PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)        $                       
INTEREST PAYMENT (ONLY) $                       
PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST (PAYMENT)        $                       

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS:                           
				
All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement 
are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the 
telephone request for and Advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate; 
provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly 
referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material 
respects as of such date.

BANK USE ONLY
TELEPHONE REQUEST:

The following person is authorized to request the loan payment 
transfer/loan advance on the advance designated account and is 
known to me.

Authorized Requester                            Phone

Received By (Bank)                              Phone#

Authorized Signature (Bank)

- -3-

Name:                           
Title:                                  
Date:                                   
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1         
								PAGE 50 OF 62         
	
Exhibit C       
	
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE


TO:     SILICON VALLEY BANK, as a lender and as Agent
	3003 Tasman Drive
	Santa Clara, California 95054

CORESTATES BANK, N.A.
National Middle Market, NY/NE/NJ 
FC 1-1-3-36
1345 Chestnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19107

The undersigned authorized officer of Boston Technology, Inc. (the "Borrower") 
does hereby certify, with respect to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 
31, 1996 between Silicon Valley Bank CoreStates Bank, N.A. and Silicon Valley 
Bank as Agent for the Lenders, and the Borrower as amended through the date 
hereof (the "Credit Agreement"), that (a) the Borrower has been in complete 
compliance for the period from __/     /__ to __/__/__ (the "Applicable 
Financial Statements Date") with the covenants of the Borrower contained 
therein, as demonstrated below, and (b) no Default has occurred and is 
continuing as of the date hereof, except, in either case, as noted below.  
All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the 
meanings prescribed therefor in the Credit Agreement.

COVENANT        REQUIRED        ACTUAL AS  
OF  ______
		
Financial
Statements      Quarterly w/in 45 days
Annually
w/in 90 days    
		
All documents
filed with SEC  Within 5 days after
filing  
		
Minimum Quick Ratio (cash, short term investments & accounts receivable/current
liabilities     2.0:1 at all times      __.__:1
($_______to
$__________)


Minimum
Profitability   Maximum Net Loss of $1,000,000 for any quarter ending after
1/31/96; Minimum Net Income of $1.00 over any period of three consecutive fiscal
quarters beginning after 1/31/96 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 51 OF 62 

$___________
		
Limit on Capital Leases  Maximum investment in all capital leases of $8,000,000
      

$___________
		
Minimum Tangible Net Worth       $50,000,000 plus (a) 50% of Net Income in 
each fiscal quarter after 1/31/96 (no offset for losses) and (b) 50% of
increase in Stockholder Equity from issuances of stock or Subordinated
Debt after 1/31/96      

		
Calculation of
Tangible Net Worth      stockholders' equity

- - intangible assets (including without limitation, goodwill, capitalized 
software and excess purchase costs)

+ Subordinated Debt

Total Tangible Net Worth        $_______

$________

$________

$________
		
Maximum Ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth   
0.75:1 at the end of any fiscal quarter  __.__:1

($_______ to

$_________)

Comments Regarding Exceptions:

Attached hereto are financial statements as of and for the fiscal [quarter] 
(year] ended on the Applicable Financial Statements Date, which have been 
certified by the [undersigned] [Accountants] as required by Section 6.4 of 
the Credit Agreement.

Submitted by:


By:                                             
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 52 OF 62 

Exhibit D


Borrowing Base Certificate**
for
Boston Technology

(To be completed only if borrowings exceed $10,000,000 
during any one month)




1.      Gross A/R per (date) statements:
2.      Less A/R over 90 days:
3.      Line# I minus Line #2:
4.      Line #3 multiplied by 80% = Available A/R
5.      Total outstanding
6.      This advance amount
7.      Line #4 minus line #5 and line #6 = Reserve
8.      Letters of Credit outstanding
9.      Line #7 minus line #8*

*     Must be less than $25,000,000
**    For monitoring purposes only.


AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE


$12,500,000                                             Wakefield, Massachusetts
Dated as of January 31, 1996 (Originally dated as of January 31, 1991, as 
amended by an Allonge and Amendment dated July 15, 1992, and as amended and
restated by Amended and Restated Promissory Notes dated as of July 28, 1993 
and July 11, 1994.)


For value received, the undersigned, BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware 
corporation (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to SILICON VALLEY BANK (the 
"Bank") at its office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 
95454, or to its order, the lesser of TWELVE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND 
DOLLARS ($12,500,000) or the outstanding principal amount of all advances 
made by the Bank pursuant to the Credit Agreement hereinafter referred to, on 
July 6, 1997 (the "Maturity Date") in lawful money of the United States and 
in immediately available funds, together with interest on the principal amount 
hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates provided in the Credit 
Agreement referred to below until maturity, payable monthly in arrears on the 
first day of each calendar month occurring after the date hereof and on the 
Maturity Date.

Computations of interest shall be made by the Bank on the basis of a year of 
360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such 
interest is payable.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 53 OF 62 

This promissory note amends and restates the terms and conditions of the 
obligations of the Borrower under the promissory note dated January 31, 1991, 
as amended by an Allonge and Amendment dated July 15, 1992, and as further 
amended and restated by Amended and Restated Promissory Notes dated as of 
July 28, 1993 and July 11, 1994 (the "Original Note"), by the Borrower to the 
Bank.  This note is one of the promissory notes (collectively, the "Notes") 
referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 1996 (together 
with all related schedules), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, 
modified or supplemented from time to time (the "Credit Agreement") among the 
Borrower, the Lenders named therein (including the Bank), and the Bank in its 
capacity as Agent and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment as 
provided therein, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other 
Loan Documents referred to therein.  Each occurrence in each Loan Document 
(as defined in the Credit Agreement) of "the Note", "thereof", "therein", 
"thereunder", or words of like import referring to the Original Note, shall 
mean and be a reference to the Original Note as amended and restated hereby.

After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under 
and as defined in the Credit Agreement, the Agent (but only with the consent 
of each of the Banks) may (a) declare the Line of Credit Commitments (as such 
term is defined in the Credit Agreement) terminated (whereupon the Line of 
Credit Commitments shall be terminated), by notice to the Borrower, and/or 
(b) declare the principal amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest 
on the advances under the Notes and all other amounts payable under the Notes 
to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon such amounts shall be and become 
immediately due and payable, without notice (including, without limitation, 
notice of intent to accelerate), presentment, demand, protest or other 
formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the 
Borrower; provided that in the case of the of  the occurrence of any Event of 
Default with respect to the Borrower referred to in Section 8.1 to the Credit 
Agreement, the Line of Credit Commitments shall be automatically terminated 
and the principal amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest on 
the advances hereunder and under the Notes and all other amounts payable 
hereunder and under the Notes shall be and become automatically and 
immediately due and payable, without notice (including, without limitation, 
notice of intent to accelerate), presentment, demand, protest or other 
formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the 
Borrower,

The amount, date and Type of all advances made to the Borrower pursuant to 
the Credit Agreement and all payments of principal and interest in respect of 
such advances shall be evidenced by the Bank's records, which shall, in the 
absence of manifest error, be conclusive as to the outstanding amount of 
all advances and interest thereon.

The undersigned agrees to pay all costs and expenses of the Agent and the 
Bank (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of 
attorneys) in connection with the enforcement of this note and the other Loan 
Documents and the preservation of their respective rights hereunder and 
thereunder.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 54 OF 62 

No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right hereunder 
shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Bank, 
nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar 
to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The 
Borrower and every endorser or guarantor of this note regardless of the 
time, order or place of signing waives presentment, demand, protest and 
notices of every kind and assents to any one or more extensions or post-
ponements of the time of payment or any other indulgences, to any 
substitutions, exchanges or releases of collateral for this note, and to 
the additions or releases of any other parties or persons primarily or 
secondarily liable.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE BANK AND ACCEPTED BY 
THE BANK IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

THE BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY NOW 
OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR 
PROCEEDING WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR BY REASON OF THIS NOTE, ANY 
LOAN DOCUMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT), OR THE 
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

BY ITS EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE, THE BORROWER ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF 
AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE 
EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION 
IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (AND, IN THE EVENT THE BANK IS DENIED 
ACCESS TO THE COURTS OF MASSACHUSETTS, THEN SOLELY IN SUCH CASE, CALIFORNIA) 
IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND AGAINST IT WHICH ARISES OUT OF 
OR BY REASON OF THIS NOTE, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT 
AGREEMENT), OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO 
BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL JUDGMENT RENDERED BY ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUCH 
ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN WHICH IT SHALL HAVE BEEN SERVED WITH PROCESS IN 
THE MANNER HEREINAFTER PROVIDED (SUBJECT TO EXERCISE AND EXHAUSTION OF ALL 
RIGHTS OF APPEAL), AND TO THE EXTENT THAT IT MAY LAWFULLY DO SO, WAIVES AND 
AGREES NOT TO ASSERT, BY WAY OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE, IN SUCH 
ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ANY CLAIMS THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO 
THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT, THAT ITS PROPERTY IS EXEMPT OR IMMUNE FROM 
ATTACHMENT OR EXECUTION. THAT THE ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN AN 
INCONVENIENT FORUM OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF IS IMPROPER, AND AGREES THAT 
PROCESS MAY BE SERVED UPON IT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN THE 
MANNER PROVIDED BY CHAPTER 223A OF THE GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS, RULE 4 
OF THE MASSACHUSETTS RULES OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OR RULE 4 OF THE FEDERAL RULES 
OF CIVIL PROCEDURE.

ALL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE 
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE UNDER SEAL.

BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.


							By  \s\Carol B. Langer
	     --------------------------
							    Name: Carol B. Langer
							    Title: SVP - Finance & Admin.


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 55 OF 62 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE


$12,500,000             Wakefield, Massachusetts
Dated as of January 31, 1996 
(Originally dated as of January 31, 1991, as amended by an Allonge and 
Amendment dated July 15, 1992, and as amended and restated by Amended and 
Restated Promissory Notes dated as of July 28, 1993 and July 11, 1994.)


For value received, the undersigned, BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware 
corporation (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to CORESTATES BANK, N.A. 
(the "Bank") at its office located 1345 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania 19107, or to its order, the lesser of TWELVE MILLION FIVE 
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($12,500,000) or the outstanding principal amount of 
all advances made by the Bank pursuant to the Credit Agreement hereinafter 
referred to, on July 6, 1997 (the "Maturity Date") in lawful money of the 
United States and in immediately available funds, together with interest on 
the principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates provided 
in the Credit Agreement referred to below until maturity, payable monthly in 
arrears on the first day of each calendar month occurring after the date 
hereof and on the Maturity Date.

Computations of interest shall be made by the Bank on the basis of a year of 
360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which 
such interest is payable.

This promissory note amends and restates the terms and conditions of the 
obligations of the Borrower under the promissory note dated January 31, 1991, 
as amended by an Allonge and Amendment dated July 15, 1992, and as further 
amended and restated by Amended and Restated Promissory Notes dated as of 
July 28, 1993 and July 11, 1994 (the "Original Note"), by the Borrower to the 
Bank.  This note is one of the promissory notes (collectively, the "Notes") 
referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 1996 (together 
with all related schedules), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, 
modified or supplemented from time to time (the "Credit Agreement") among the 
Borrower, the Lenders named therein (including the Bank), and the Bank in its 
capacity as Agent and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment as 
provided therein, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other 
Loan Documents referred to therein.  Each occurrence in each Loan Document 
(as defined in the Credit Agreement) of "the Note", "thereof', "therein", 
"thereunder", or words of like import referring to the Original Note, shall 
mean and be a reference to the Original Note as amended and restated hereby.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 56 OF 62 

After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under 
and as defined in the Credit Agreement, the Agent (but only with the consent 
of each of the Banks) may (a) declare the Line of Credit Commitments (as such 
term is defined in the Credit Agreement) terminated (whereupon the Line of 
Credit Commitments shall be terminated), by notice to the Borrower, and/or 
(b) declare the principal amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest 
on the advances under the Notes and all other amounts payable under the Notes 
to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon such amounts shall be and become 
immediately due and payable, without notice (including, without limitation, 
notice of intent to accelerate), presentment, demand, protest or other 
formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the 
Borrower; provided that in the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default 
with respect to the Borrower referred to in Section 8.1 to the Credit 
Agreement, the Line of Credit Commitments shall be automatically terminated 
and the principal amount then outstanding of and the accrued interest on the 
advances hereunder and under the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder 
and under the Notes shall be and become automatically and immediately due and 
payable, without notice (including, without limitation, notice of intent to 
accelerate), presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, 
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

The amount, date and Type of all advances made to the Borrower pursuant to 
the Credit Agreement and all payments of principal and interest in respect of 
such advances shall be evidenced by the Bank's records, which shall, in the 
absence of manifest error, be conclusive as to the outstanding amount of 
all advances and interest thereon.

The undersigned agrees to pay all costs and expenses of the Agent and the 
Bank (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of 
attorneys) in connection with the enforcement of this note and the other 
Loan Documents and the preservation of their respective rights hereunder and 
thereunder. No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any 
right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right 
of the Bank, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be 
deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future 
occasion.  The Borrower and every endorser or guarantor of this note 
regardless of the time, order or place of signing waives presentment, protest 
and notices of every kind and assents to any one or more extensions or 
postponements of the time of payment or any other indulgences, to any 
substitutions, exchanges or releases of collateral for this note, and to the 
additions or releases of any other parties or persons primarily or 
secondarily liable.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE BANK AND ACCEPTED BY 
THE BANK IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

THE BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE 
TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR BY 
REASON OF THIS NOTE, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT), 
OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.  BY ITS EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF 
THIS NOTE, THE BORROWER ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 57 OF 62 

PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY 
STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF 
MASSACHUSETTS (AND, IN THE EVENT THE BANK IS DENIED ACCESS TO THE COURTS OF 
MASSACHUSETTS, THEN SOLELY IN SUCH CASE, CALIFORNIA) IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR 
PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND AGAINST IT WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR BY REASON OF THIS 
NOTE, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT (AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT), OR THE 
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL 
JUDGMENT RENDERED BY ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN 
WHICH IT SHALL HAVE BEEN SERVED WITH PROCESS IN THE MANNER HEREINAFTER 
PROVIDED (SUBJECT TO EXERCISE AND EXHAUSTION OF ALL RIGHTS OF APPEAL), AND TO 
THE EXTENT THAT IT MAY LAWFULLY DO SO, WAIVE AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT, BY WAY 
OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE, IN SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ANY 
CLAIMS THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT, 
THAT ITS PROPERTY IS EXEMPT OR IMMUNE FROM ATTACHMENT OR EXECUTION, THAT THE 
FORUM OR ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR THAT 
THE VENUE THEREOF IS IMPROPER, AND AGREES THAT PROCESS MAY BE SERVED UPON IT 
IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN THE MANNER PROVIDED BY CHAPTER 223A 
OF THE GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS, RULE 4 OF THE MASSACHUSETTS RULES OF 
CIVIL PROCEDURE OR RULE 4 OF THE FEDERAL RULES OF CIVIL PROCEDURE.

ALL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE 
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE UNDER SEAL.

BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.



By:\s\ Carol B. Langer
- ------------------------
Name: Carol B. Langer
Title: SVP Finance & Admin.

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 58 OF 62 

AGENCY AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated as of January 31, 1996 among the banks listed on the signature 
pages hereof under the caption "Banks", and Silicon Valley Bank ("SVB"), as 
agent (in such capacity, "Agent").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Boston Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (with its successors, 
the "Company"), the Banks and the Agent are parties to a Credit Agreement dated 
as of January 31, 1996 (including the exhibits and schedules thereto, and as 
the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the 
"Credit Agreement"), providing for the Banks to make advances to the Company; 
and

WHEREAS, the Banks have agreed to appoint SVB as their agent to act in such 
capacity under the Credit Agreement upon the terms and conditions provided 
below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable 
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, 
the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.      Definitions.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise 
	defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided 
	for therein; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be 
	considered a Loan Document.

2.      Appointment, Powers and Immunities. Each Bank hereby irrevocably 
	appoints and authorizes SVB to act as its agent under the Loan 
	Documents with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Agent 
	by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such other powers as 
	are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Agent (which term, as used in 
	Paragraphs 2 through 8 hereof, shall include reference to its 
	affiliates and its own and its affiliates' officers, directors, 
	employees and agents): (a) shall have no duties or responsibilities 
	except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Loan 
	Documents, and shall not by reason of this Agreement or any Loan 
	Document be a trustee for any Bank; (b) shall not be responsible to 
	the Banks for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties 
	contained in this Agreement or any Loan Document, or in any 
	certificate or other document (other than those made by the Agent 
	under this Agreement) referred to or provided for in, or received by 
	any of them under, any Loan Document, or for the value, validity, 
	effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any Loan 
	Document or any other document referred to or provided for therein or 
	for any failure by the Company or any other Person to perform any of 
	its obligations thereunder; and (c) required to initiate or conduct 
	any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder or under any Loan 
	Document except to the extent provided in Paragraph 4 below, and (d) 
	shall not be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken 
	by it hereunder or under any Loan Document or any other document or 
	instrument referred to or provided for herein or therein or in 
	connection herewith or therewith, except for its own gross negligence 
	or willful misconduct.  The Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-
	fact and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of 
	any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable 
	care.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 59 OF 62 

3.      Reliance by Agent.  The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any 
	certification, notice or other communication (including any thereof 
	by telephone, telex, telegram or cable) reasonably believed by it to 
	be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf 
	of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of 
	legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by 
	the Agent.  As to any matters not expressly provided for by this 
	Agreement or any Loan Document, the Agent shall in all cases be fully 
	protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder and 
	thereunder in accordance with instructions signed by each of the 
	Banks, and such instructions of the Banks and any action taken 
	or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on each of the Banks.

4.      Default.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the 
	occurrence of a Default or Event of Default (other than the non-
	payment of principal of or interest on advances under the Credit 
	Agreement) unless the Agent has received notice from a Bank or the 
	Company specifying such Default or Event of Default and stating that 
	such notice is a "notice of Default" or "notice of Event of Default." 
	In the event that the Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence 
	of a Default or Event of Default, the Agent shall give prompt notice 
	thereof to the Banks (and shall give each Bank prompt notice of each 
	such non-payment).  The Agent shall (subject to Paragraph 8 hereof) 
	take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as 
	shall be directed unanimously by the Banks, provided that, unless and 
	until the Agent shall have received such directions, the Agent may 
	(but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from 
	taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default 
	as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Banks. The 
	Agent shall (subject to Paragraph 8 hereof) take such action with 
	respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be directed 
	unanimously by the Banks, and shall not be required to take any other 
	action in connection therewith.

5.      Rights as a Bank.  With respect to its Line of Credit Commitment and 
	the advances made by it, SVB in its capacity as a Bank, shall have the 
	same rights and powers hereunder and under the Loan Documents as any 
	other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as 
	the Agent, and the term "Bank" or "Banks" shall, unless the context 
	otherwise indicates, include SVB in its capacity as a Bank. The Agent 
	may (without having to account therefor to any Bank) accept deposits 
	from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust 
	or other business with the Company (and any of its Affiliates) as if 
	it were not acting as the Agent, and the Agent may accept fees and 
	other consideration from the Company (in addition to the agency fees 
	and arrangement fees heretofore agreed to between the Company and the 
	Agent) for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise 
	without having to account for the same to the Banks.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 60 OF 62 

6.      Indemnification.  The Banks agree to indemnify the Agent (to the 
	extent not reimbursed by the Company under the applicable provisions 
	of the Credit Agreement, but without limiting the obligations of the 
	Company under said provisions), ratably in accordance with their 
	respective Line of Credit Commitments, for any and all liabilities, 
	obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, 
	costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever 
	which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in 
	anyway relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any Loan 
	Document or any other documents contemplated by or referred to 
	herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby 
	(including, without limitation, the costs and expenses which the 
	Company is obligated to pay under Section 10.6 of the Credit Agreement, 
	but excluding, unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred and 
	is continuing, normal administrative costs and expenses incident to 
	the performance of the Agent's agency duties hereunder) or the 
	enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such 
	other documents, provided that no Bank shall be liable for any of the 
	foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or 
	willful misconduct of the Agent, or arise out of actions taken by the 
	Agent outside the scope of its appointment hereunder or of any 
	applicable unanimous directions by the Banks under Paragraph 4 hereof.

7.      Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Banks.  Each Bank agrees that it has, 
	independently and without reliance on the Agent or any other Bank, and 
	based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, 
	made its own credit analysis of the Company and decision to enter into 
	the Credit Agreement and this Agreement, and that it will, independently 
	and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based on 
	such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the 
	time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or 
	not taking action under this Agreement or any Loan Documents.  The 
	Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the 
	performance or observance by the Company of any of the Loan Documents 
	or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein 
	or to inspect the properties or books of the Company.  Except for 
	notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required 
	to be furnished by the Company to the Agent under the Credit Agreement, 
	the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any 
	Bank with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, 
	financial condition or business of the Company (or any of its 
	Affiliates) which may come into the possession of the Agent.

8.      Failure to Act.  Except for action expressly required of the Agent 
	hereunder and under the Loan Documents, the Agent shall in all cases 
	be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder and 
	thereunder unless it shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction 
 by the Banks of their indemnification obligations under this Agreement 
 against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by the 
 Agent by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

9.      Consents under Loan Documents.  Without the prior written consent of 
	each of the Banks, the Agent will not consent to any modification, 
	supplement or waiver under any of the Loan Documents.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 61 OF 62 

10.     Sharing of Payments.  If any Bank shall receive any payment (whether 
	voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off 
	or otherwise) on account of the Note held by it in excess of its 
	ratable share of payments on account of the Notes obtained by the 
	Banks, such Bank shall purchase from the other Bank a participation 
	in the Note held by such other Bank as shall be necessary to cause 
	such purchasing Bank to share the excess payment ratably with such 
	other Bank; provided, that if all or any portion of such excess 
	payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Bank, the 
	purchase from such other Bank shall be rescinded and such other Bank 
	shall repay to the purchasing Bank the purchase price to the extent 
	of such recovery together with an amount equal to such other Bank's 
	ratable share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of 
	such other Bank's required prepayment to (b) the total amount recovered 
	from the purchasing bank) of any interest or other amount paid or 
	payable by the purchasing Bank in respect of the total amount so recovered.

11.     Resignation or Removal of Agent.  The Agent may resign at any time by 
	giving 30 days prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the 
	Company, Upon any such resignation, the Lenders shall have the right 
	to appoint a successor Agent which shall be reasonably acceptable to 
	the Company and shall be a Lender or another financial institution 
	having a combined capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000.  If 
	no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Lenders and 
	shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring 
	Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent 
	may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent which shall 
	be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and shall be a financial 
	institution having a combined capital and surplus in excess of 
	$100,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of  any appointment as Agent 
	hereunder of a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon 
	succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges 
	and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be 
	discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  After any 
	retiring Agent's resignation, the provisions of this Agreement shall 
	continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or 
	omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.

12.     Assignment.  The provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon 
 and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective 
	successors and assigns.

13.     Notices.  All notices, requests and other communications to any party 
	hereunder shall be given in accordance with the provisions of the 
	Credit Agreement.

14.     Amendments and Waivers of this Agreement- Any provision of this 
	Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or 
	waiver is in writing and is signed by each of the Banks and the Agent.

15.      MASSACHUSETTS LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE 
	WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS.
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
								EXHIBIT 10.1 
								PAGE 62 OF 62 

16.     Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.  This Agreement may be 
	signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an 
	original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and 
	hereto were upon the same instrument.  This Agreement constitutes the 
	entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and 
	supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or 
	written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement shall 
	become effective when the Agent shall have received counterparts 
	hereof signed by all of the parties hereto.

17.     Section References.  If, after this Agreement becomes effective, any 
	other agreement is amended so as to redesignate or change the subject 
	matter of any Section or clause thereof which is referred to in this 
	Agreement, the reference to such Section or clause in this Agreement 
	shall be deemed to be a reference to the redesignated provision or 
	other comparable provision of such amended agreement, however 
	designated at the time.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly 
executed by their respective authorized officers under seal as of the day 
and year first above written.


                                           SILICON VALLEY BANK, as a Bank


                                    						By: \s\Jane A. Braun
                                           ------------------------
                                          Name: Jane A Braun
						                                    Title: Vice President


                                          CORESTATES BANK N.A., as a Bank


                                          By: \s\R. Thomas Esser
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Name: R. Thomas Esser
                                          Title: Vice President


						                                    SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Agent


                                          By: \s\Jane A. Braun
                                          --------------------------
                                          Name: Jane A. Braun
                                          Title: Vice President

Accepted and Agreed to:

BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.


By:   \s\Carol B. Langer                                                   
      ___________________________
Name: Carol B. Langer
Title:   SVP Finance & Admin.

<PAGE>
                


<PAGE>





         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.

                               MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT


              This Memorandum of Agreement ("MOA") is effective this 22nd
         day of November 1995 between AT&T Corp., a New York corporation
         with its principal place of business at 295 N. Maple Avenue,
         Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920 (hereinafter "AT&T") and Boston
         Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place
         of business at 100 Quannapowitt Parkway, Wakefield, MA  01880
         (hereinafter "BTI").

              WHEREAS, AT&T has selected BTI as a vendor to provide BTI's
         AccessNP  Services Platform for deployment in support of AT&T's
         mailbox and messaging services; and

              WHEREAS, AT&T, with this selection, has agreed to commit to
         purchase and license from BTI its AccessNP  System, including
         Hardware and Software, for an initial commitment of $15 million,
         with planned purchases of an additional $30 million during
         calendar year 1996; and

              WHEREAS, AT&T is desirous of purchasing a shareholder
         interest in BTI, as described in this MOA.

              NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed by the parties hereto
         that:

              1.   This MOA states the terms and conditions related to the
                   Purchase and License by AT&T of BTI's Platforms and
                   Software, and the issuance of Warrants to AT&T by BTI in
                   conjunction with this Agreement.  It is further agreed
                   by BTI and AT&T, that this entire MOA and the related
                   attachments in the following order of precedence, is
                   deemed a binding Agreement: (a) the provisions of this
                   MOA and its Attachment A, (b) Exhibit A - Product
                   Requirement Summary; (c) Exhibit B - the relevant terms
                   from AT&T's Standard Procurement Terms; (d) Exhibit C -
                   the relevant terms from BTI's Purchase and License
                   Agreement; and (e) Exhibit D - Common Stock Purchase
                   Warrant.  The parties agree to work together and within
                   the next thirty (30) days of the date hereof,
                   incorporate the above items into a Master Purchase and
                   License Agreement, which if successfully completed would
                   replace this MOA and the aforesaid Exhibits.  This
                   agreement will commence on the date of this MOA and
                   continue for a period of five (5) years.<PAGE>





         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


              2.   AT&T will purchase from BTI, between ******* AccessNP 
                   50/60 Platforms equipped with Universal APU's each
                   configured for ** ports, and ***************, with an
                   initial minimum of ** ports.  Such purchases will also
                   conform to the Product Requirements Summary shown in
                   Exhibit A and will commence on the date of this MOA, and
                   continue through December 31, 1996.  All such Platforms
                   are to be installed by BTI by January 31, 1997.  Each
                   AccessNP 50/60 with Universal APU's will be priced at
                   *************** and each Access NP 5 with Universal
                   APU's will be priced at **************.  The pricing
                   described above, for this product and any successor
                   product referred to in the next sentence, will continue
                   for the life of this Agreement (five (5) years) at the
                   lower of the above prices, or the most favored nation
                   pricing in effect at the time of an Order.  BTI will
                   make this product, or a fully compatible product,
                   substantially similar to this product in form, fit and
                   function, and which has performance equal to this
                   product, available to AT&T during the full term of this
                   Agreement.

              3.   AT&T will further license from BTI, its Operating System
                   and Application Software, (BTI Software) to run on the
                   Platforms for a one-time royalty fee of **************
                   which will also include the royalty fees for any
                   software referenced in paragraphs 7 and 8 below and
                   Exhibit A, payment for which will be due within thirty
                   (30) days after such BTI Software is installed and
                   Accepted and the ports are made available for service on
                   each Platform.

              4.   BTI represents that the prices for products and services
                   which it provides to AT&T under this Agreement are not
                   less favorable than the prices offered to any of BTI's
                   other customers acquiring such products and services in
                   similar or lesser quantities during the term of this
                   Agreement.  If BTI offers lower prices to any customer
                   inconsistent with this provision, then BTI agrees to
                   promptly notify AT&T of such occurrence, and to
                   concurrently extend such prices to AT&T.  This Agreement
                   and any applicable orders, at AT&T's option, shall be
                   deemed amended to provide such terms to AT&T.






                                        - 2 -<PAGE>
<PAGE>





              5.   BTI will be responsible for shipping, insurance,
                   delivery to the site designated by AT&T, and
                   installation.  Title to each Platform will pass upon
                   shipment, with payment due within thirty (30) days after
                   each Platform is Accepted by AT&T.  

              6.   The initial orders for $15 million in purchases under
                   paragraphs 2 and 3, will be issued by January 31, 1996,
                   and subject to the last sentence in paragraph 12 herein,
                   with further orders, planned for an additional $30
                   million in purchases, being issued through December 31,
                   1996.  BTI will install Platforms and BTI Software
                   pursuant to an installation schedule agreed upon by the
                   parties.

              7.   Upon installation of the BTI Software on each of the
                   Platforms, BTI will grant to AT&T a non-exclusive, non-
                   transferable license to use the BTI Software, and the
                   accompanying Documentation, in accordance with the
                   attached End-User Software License Agreement (Attachment
                   A).  To the extent, however, that BTI's existing
                   contracts or agreements with other AT&T controlled
                   entities allow, software developed for these AT&T
                   entities shall be made available to AT&T, for its use,
                   under equivalent terms.

              8.   BTI will license to AT&T its AccessMAX Software Tool set
                   for use by AT&T, on its premises, to develop and test
                   applications to run on BTI Platforms.  Any Application
                   Software developed by AT&T, which are not derivatives of
                   BTI's Software, will be wholly owned by AT&T.  

              9.   As to the ownership of Intellectual Property under this
                   Agreement, in addition to the ownership rights described
                   in paragraphs 7 and 8 above, AT&T shall exclusively own
                   Software developed by BTI for AT&T which AT&T pays for
                   pursuant to a Contract Services Agreement, or on a Time
                   and Materials basis.  AT&T shall exclusively own
                   AccessMAX Applications which may use AccessMAX objects
                   and require the AccessMAX runtime environment, if they
                   are developed by AT&T, or for AT&T by BTI under a
                   Contract Services Agreement or on a Time and Materials
                   basis.  If AT&T allows a third party, not covered by
                   this Agreement, to use such Applications, then AT&T will
                   require such third party to obtain a license from BTI to
                   use the AccessMAX runtime environment.  Unless otherwise
                   agreed, either party shall own any Software which that
                   party develops at its own expense.




                                        - 3 -<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


         Except as provided above, if BTI owned Software is to be used by
         AT&T to develop Applications for use by AT&T on the BTI platforms,
         such use of BTI owned Software and the terms and conditions of the
         ownership of such Applications will be mutually agreed upon in a
         separate Agreement.

         For any Applications owned exclusively by AT&T, BTI will not
         provide Software support unless otherwise agreed to between the
         parties.

              10.  BTI will warrant the Platforms and BTI Software for a
                   period of one (1) year after Acceptance in accordance
                   with the enclosed warranty terms.  After the first year,
                   AT&T may choose to have BTI provide Tier 2 and Tier 3
                   Maintenance Services on a Time and Materials *******
                   ****************** basis, or on a fixed rate as provided
                   for in BTI's Extended Material Support and Technical
                   Service Proposal.

              11.  BTI will provide post warranty Annual Software
                   Maintenance at a fee, not to exceed the lower of *****
                   ********************** of the then in effect most
                   favored nation pricing for equivalent software, for the
                   useful life of the BTI Software.  Software maintenance
                   will include fixes and extensions of functionality, in
                   the form of upgrades, and updates to the extent provided
                   to other BTI customers with Software Maintenance
                   Agreements for such Software.

              12.  AT&T may further agree to enter into a generic Contract
                   Services Agreement with BTI for the provision of
                   services such as Custom Software Development, Dedicated
                   Application Development Engineers and Medalist 
                   Marketing Support Services (beyond the services provided
                   free-of-charge with each such Platform purchased or
                   those referenced in paragraph 13).  AT&T agrees to pay
                   BTI its Cost for each service on a Time and Material,
                   *************** basis. 

                   Except for AT&T's commitment to purchase Platforms in
                   paragraph 2, to license Software in paragraph 3, to
                   acquire Software Maintenance in paragraph 11, and to
                   acquire Contract Services as expressly stated in this
                   MOA and Exhibit A, AT&T is not obligated to acquire
                   products and services from BTI except as the parties
                   expressly agree in the form of Accepted Purchase Orders
                   or other binding contractual arrangements.

                                        - 4 -<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


              13.  **** will provide **************************************
                   for ****************************************
                   ************************ for ************************
                   and ****************************************************
                   and *************************************************
                   ********* for each *********************************
                   *** will also provide *********************************
                   ********** commensurate with the ********************
                   *********** however, **** further agrees to *********
                   **************************************************
                   ***************************************.

              14.  In conjunction with the ***********************
                   **************************************************
                   *****************.  BTI will be responsible for
                   providing a minimum 24 hour response time for Spare
                   Parts.  The determination as to the location of the
                   Spare Part Depots will be based upon a mutual agreement
                   between AT&T and BTI.

              15.  In consideration of the minimum purchase commitments
                   described above, BTI hereby grants to AT&T a warrant to
                   purchase 4,908,800 shares of BTI Common Stock ("The
                   Warrant") at an exercise price of $14 per share (subject
                   to proportionate adjustment for stock splits, stock
                   dividends and other similar events affecting the Common
                   Stock after the date hereof).  The above shares of BTI
                   Common Stock represent 19.9% of the outstanding shares
                   of BTI Common Stock as of the end of the business day on
                   November 17, 1995.  The Warrant will become exercisable
                   in annual increments of 981,760 shares each, commencing
                   on the Anniversary Date of this MOA, and for four (4)
                   years thereafter.  The Warrant will be non-transferable,
                   and each exercisable portion of the Warrant will remain
                   exercisable for a period of two and one-half (2 1/2)
                   years after such portion first becomes exercisable, at
                   which time such portion will expire and no longer be
                   exercisable.  The shares issued upon exercise of the
                   Warrant will be "Restricted securities" under Rule 144
                   under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
                   "Securities Act").  The definitive form of Warrant is
                   attached hereto as Exhibit D, and shall be executed
                   simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.






                                        - 5 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>


              16.  Restrictions on Certain Actions.  AT&T acknowledges that
                   it is acquiring the Warrants and the shares of Common
                   Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (the
                   "Warrant Shares") (the Warrants and the Warrant Shares
                   are collectively referred to as the "Securities") for
                   investment purposes and that AT&T is not acquiring the
                   Securities with the intent or objective of affecting or
                   influencing the management or control of the business,
                   operations or affairs of BTI.  In furtherance of the
                   foregoing, AT&T agrees, for a period beginning on the
                   date hereof and ending on December 31, 2000 (the
                   "Restricted Period"), that it shall not, directly or
                   indirectly, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates
                   or Associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2
                   promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
                   as amended (the "Exchange Act")), directly or
                   indirectly, to, without the prior written consent of
                   BTI:

                   (a)  purchase, acquire or own, or offer or agree to
                        purchase, acquire or own, any securities of BTI or
                        any of its subsidiaries which are entitled to, or
                        may be entitled to, vote or by the terms thereof
                        are convertible into or exchangeable for securities
                        which are entitled to vote (collectively, "Voting
                        Securities"), other than (i) the Securities, (ii)
                        any securities which may be issued with respect to
                        the Securities as a result of any stock splits,
                        dividends, distributions, recapitalizations or
                        similar events and (iii) other Voting Securities so
                        long as its beneficial ownership (as defined in
                        Rule 13 d-3 under the Exchange Act) after giving
                        effect to the acquisition of beneficial ownership
                        of such additional Voting Securities does not
                        exceed 30% of the Company's outstanding Voting
                        Securities; or

                   (b)  make, or in any way participate in, any
                        "solicitation" of proxies or be a "Participant" in
                        an "election contest" or "solicitation" (as such
                        terms are defined or used in Regulation 14A under
                        the Exchange Act), initiate, propose, communicate
                        with or otherwise solicit stockholders of BTI for
                        the approval of one or more stockholder proposals
                        or induce or attempt to induce any other person to
                        initiate any stockholder proposal; or

                   (c)  form, join, in any way participate in, or encourage
                        the formation of, a group (as such term is defined
                        in Section 13 (3) of the Exchange Act) with respect
                        to any Voting Securities; or



                                        - 6 -<PAGE>
<PAGE>

         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


                   (d)  deposit any Voting Securities into a voting trust,
                        or subject any Voting Securities to any agreement
                        or arrangement with respect to the voting of any
                        Voting Securities or other agreement having similar
                        effect, except as provided herein; or

                   (e)  otherwise act, alone or in concert with others, to
                        seek to affect or influence the control of the
                        management or Board of Directors of BTI or the
                        business, operations or affairs of BTI or its
                        subsidiaries; or

                   (f)  take any other action inconsistent with the
                        foregoing;

                   (g)  notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to
                        the contrary, the trusts for any of the benefit
                        plans of AT&T or any of its affiliates may acquire
                        or dispose of shares of the Company's securities in
                        the ordinary course of their business.

              17.  Purchase Not For Distribution.  AT&T hereby represents
                   and warrants to BTI that the Warrant and, if and to the
                   extent the Warrant is exercised, the Warrant Shares are
                   being acquired for investment and not with a view to the
                   public distribution thereof, and will not be transferred
                   or otherwise disposed of except in a transaction
                   registered or exempt from registration under the
                   Securities Act and in compliance with any applicable
                   state securities law and this Agreement.  This
                   representation shall be deemed to be remade and ratified
                   upon each exercise of the Warrant with respect to the
                   Warrant Shares acquired upon such exercise.

              18.  *****************, during the term of this Agreement,
                   and *************************************************
                   ************************************************ and
                   *************************************************
                   subject to *****************************************
                   *************.  Thereafter, and ******************* 
                   ***************************************************
                   *************************************** shall (subject
                   to the following sentence) *************** 
                   ************************** as are used with respect to
                   *******************************************.  In the
                   event that ***********************************
                   ************************* to the ***************
                   ***************************************************
                   ***************************************************
                   ***************.

                                        - 7 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>




              19.  Nothing in this Agreement shall restrict in any way the
                   business and activities of, nor in any way bind or
                   obligate, the entities that AT&T will be spinning off or
                   out or otherwise disposing of as part of the planned
                   restructuring announced September 20, 1995, after such
                   entities become public companies or are sold or have
                   substantially all of their assets sold or are otherwise
                   disposed of.

              20.  AT&T and BTI agree that they will jointly approve a News
                   Release regarding the subject matter of this
                   transaction, and will make no other public statements or
                   statements to third parties, beyond those contained in
                   such approved News Release or other jointly approved
                   public statements.  If either party, including their
                   officers, directors, employees or agents make false,
                   misleading or incorrect statements regarding the subject
                   matter of this MOA, or beyond those contained in jointly
                   approved statements, then they each agree to indemnify
                   and hold each other, their affiliates, officers,
                   directors, shareholders, employees, and agents harmless
                   (including the reimbursement of reasonable attorney's
                   fees and all associated costs of the litigation) against
                   any claims brought against the other relating in any way
                   to such communications.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has executed this
         Memorandum of Agreement by a representative duly authorized as of
         the date set forth above.

         AT&T CORP.                              BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.

         By:/s/Waring Partridge                  By:/s/John C. W. Taylor
         ________________________                ________________________
         Waring Partridge                        Dr. John C. W. Taylor
               Print Name                                Print Name

         Title:  V.P.-Consumer, Multimedia       Title:  President & Chief
                 Messaging and Wireless                  Executive Officer
                 Services













                                        - 8 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>




                                 PAGES 9 THROUGH 14

               CONTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS WHICH HAVE BEEN OMITTED
         AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION














































                                        - 9 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


                                    ATTACHMENT A

         PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS                                   10/31/95 

         System Level Requirements:     

         **                       ***************

         **                       ***************

         **                       ***************

                                  **
                                  **
                                  **
                                  **

                                  ***************

         Applications Requirements:    

         **                       ***************

                                       **
                                       **
                                       **
                                       **
                                       **

         Administrative Requirements:   

         **                       ***************

         **                       ***************

         Network Interface Requirements:    

         **                       ***************

                                       **
                                       **

                                  ***************

                                  ***************




                                       - 15 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


         Notification Requirements: 

         **                       ***************

         **                       ***************

         **                       ***************






































                                        -16 -<PAGE>



<PAGE>


                                       PAGE 17

               CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS WHICH HAVE BEEN OMITTED
         AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
















































                                       - 17 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                       EXHIBIT B SELECTED TERMS AND CONDITIONS


         Definitions 

         The definitions of this Exhibit B, which are set forth below in
         capital letters, apply to all the terms of this Exhibit B:  

              ASSOCIATED ENTITY means a corporation partnership or venture,
              a majority of whose voting stock or ownership interest is
              owned directly or indirectly by AT&T Corp. and includes those
              listed in Appendix A.  

              EQUIPMENT means data processing and similar equipment and
              also includes options, accessories and attachments for more
              basic equipment.  EQUIPMENT includes as a component thereof
              any MEDIA fixedly embedded therein in that it is not normally
              replaced except for maintenance and repair.  EQUIPMENT may
              include in its meaning, depending upon context, a system of
              systems consisting of tangible EQUIPMENT and intangible
              SOFTWARE.  

              IDENTIFICATION means any copy or semblance of any trade name,
              trademark, service mark, insignia, symbol, logo, or any other
              product, service, or organization designation, or any
              specification or drawing of AT&T Corp. or an ASSOCIATED
              ENTITY, or evidence of inspection by or for any of them.  

              INDEMNITEES means AT&T, its customers, officers, directors,
              employees and representatives, others doing work under its
              immediate or ultimate direction and control, its end
              customers and intermediaries in the distribution chain, and
              its successors and assigns.  

              INFORMATION means any idea, data, program, technical,
              business or other intangible information, however conveyed.  

              LEASE means rental and does not include third-party leasing
              transactions.  

              MATERIALS mean repair, maintenance or replacement parts for
              EQUIPMENT, MEDIA not fixedly embedded in EQUIPMENT, and
              tangible supplies of other kinds which are for or associated
              with EQUIPMENT.   

              MEDIA or MEDIUM means any document, print, tape, disc,
              semiconductor chip or other tangible information-conveying
              article.  





                                       - 18 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



              ORDER means AT&T's form of purchase order or contract used
              for the purpose of ordering EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE, SERVICES or
              MATERIALS.  

              SERVICES mean maintenance services and other services in
              support of purchased or leased EQUIPMENT.  

              SOFTWARE means intangible INFORMATION constituting one or
              more computer or apparatus programs and the informational
              content of such programs, together with any documentation
              supplied in conjunction with and supplementing such programs,
              the foregoing being provided to AT&T by way of electronic
              transmission or by being fixed in MEDIA furnished to AT&T.  

              WORK means (1) the provision of maintenance or other SERVICES
              under this Agreement and (2) the subject matter called for by
              any ORDER, specifications, drawings, and samples.  

              INSTALLATION DATE means the dates by which the EQUIPMENT or
              MATERIALS are (1) to be delivered and (2) to be installed and
              ready for use.  

              ENHANCEMENTS mean all SOFTWARE changes, including
              enhancements, new releases, product improvements, system
              modifications, updates, upgrades, field modifications and the
              like.  

              MODIFICATIONS mean AT&T additions to the SOFTWARE, deletions
              from the SOFTWARE, or merges of the SOFTWARE with one or more
              programs owned or licensed by AT&T forming an updated and
              otherwise modified SOFTWARE.  

              SOFTWARE SOURCE MATERIAL means INFORMATION consisting of all
              intangible source programs, technical documentation and other
              information required for maintenance, modification or
              correction of the most current version of the SOFTWARE
              supplied to AT&T.  

              SPECIFICATIONS means the SPECIFICATIONS for the SOFTWARE as
              set forth in the ORDER, or if not so set forth, shall mean
              BTI's current published SPECIFICATIONS and user documentation
              for the SOFTWARE as of the date of the ORDER.  Any provisions
              contained in BTI's SPECIFICATIONS in conflict with the
              provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed deleted.  

           USE means use by any individual having authorized access to the
                     computer on which the SOFTWARE is operated.






                                       - 19 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         Sale 

         BTI shall sell its EQUIPMENT and MATERIALS to AT&T upon provisions
         set forth in this Agreement and in ORDERS placed by AT&T pursuant
         to this Agreement.  Contents of Order 

         An ORDER for the purchase of EQUIPMENT or MATERIALS shall be
         written on AT&T's purchase order form and shall contain the
         following:  

              1.   The incorporation by reference of this Agreement;  


              2.   The incorporation by reference of the applicable
                   functional performance specifications;  

              3.   A complete list of the EQUIPMENT or MATERIALS to be
                   purchased specifying quantity, type, model, feature
                   description and purchase price to be paid (net of
                   purchase option credit if applicable) and the invoice
                   address;  

              4.   The location at which the EQUIPMENT is to be installed
                   or the MATERIALS to be delivered and used including
                   floor, street, city and state;  
              5.   The INSTALLATION DATE; and  

              6.   A complete list of the SERVICES and associated costs, if
                   any, such as, but not limited to, training, if any
                   required, and a schedule of their performance.  

         Ordered items shall be shipped complete on date(s) specified in an
         ORDER unless otherwise agreed to by AT&T.  

         Equipment Modification

         AT&T may substitute components or supplement the EQUIPMENT by
         making alterations or installing attachments to modify the range
         of features that the EQUIPMENT provides.  AT&T shall notify BTI in
         advance of its intent to modify, and BTI shall grant a trade-in
         allowance against the purchase price of the new items in
         accordance with applicable allowances in effect at the time of
         modification.   

         Operating System Software

         Title to intellectual property rights in operating system software
         shall remain in BTI.  For the life of the EQUIPMENT listed in the
         ORDER for purchased EQUIPMENT, or during the duration of the
         EQUIPMENT LEASE ORDER, as applicable, BTI grants to AT&T a



                                       - 20 -<PAGE>


<PAGE>


         nonexclusive license to use, and have used therefor, SOFTWARE on
         the EQUIPMENT or for which it was delivered.  AT&T may copy the
         SOFTWARE for use on such EQUIPMENT with or for which it was
         delivered, and for archival purposes, but shall not knowingly
         reproduce either the original operating system software or other
         of the SOFTWARE for distribution to others.  AT&T may not add to,
         delete from or modify the SOFTWARE, in any manner nor alter BTI's
         intellectual property rights to such delivered SOFTWARE.  

         Price Adjustment

         If BTI's published price for any EQUIPMENT or MATERIALS is lower
         on the delivery date for MATERIALS or the INSTALLATION DATE for
         EQUIPMENT than the price stated in an ORDER, the price for the
         EQUIPMENT or MATERIALS shall be reduced to the published price.  

         Return of Equipment 

         Whenever EQUIPMENT under warranty is shipped for repair or
         replacement purposes from and then back to AT&T, BTI shall furnish
         all labor and MATERIALS necessary for packing the EQUIPMENT at no
         charge to AT&T.  BTI shall arrange for and bear all costs
         including, but not limited to, those of packing, rigging,
         transportation and insurance.  BTI shall also bear all risk of
         loss or damage from the time the EQUIPMENT is removed from AT&T's
         site until the EQUIPMENT is returned to the site.  

         Return of Materials 

         BTI shall accept for credit MATERIALS returned under any of the
         following circumstances:  

         1.   AT&T termination or cancellation of an ORDER for BTI's
              EQUIPMENT or exchange by AT&T of one BTI machine for another
              BTI machine within ninety (90) days of the termination or
              cancellation, provided MATERIALS are not usable in other
              equipment within the location;  

         2.   BTI or AT&T error in the ordering or shipping process,
              provided the MATERIALS are returned by AT&T to BTI within
              ninety (90) days of receipt;  or   

         3.   Receipt of defective MATERIALS or failure of MATERIALS under
              the applicable warranty.  

         MATERIALS returned for credit must be in complete cartons and in
         good resalable condition, except where the MATERIALS are defective
         or fail under the applicable warranty.  





                                       - 21 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         Risk of Loss 

         BTI shall retain risk of loss and damage to the EQUIPMENT or
         MATERIALS prior to the passage of title pursuant to the Title
         clause unless caused by the willful or negligent acts of AT&T or
         its employees.  

         Site Preparation and Installation

         BTI shall promptly furnish to AT&T detailed written site
         preparation specifications to ensure that the EQUIPMENT to be
         installed will operate in an efficient and environmentally safe
         manner.  AT&T shall prepare the site at its own expense and in
         accordance with the specifications furnished by BTI.  Any
         alterations or modifications in site preparation that are
         attributable to BTI's incomplete or erroneous specifications shall
         be made at BTI's expense.  

         BTI shall, at its expense, ship and install the EQUIPMENT ready
         for use by the INSTALLATION DATE, furnish all labor and MATERIALS
         necessary for unpacking, placement and installation of the
         EQUIPMENT, which BTI shall supervise, without charge to AT&T.  Not
         later than the INSTALLATION DATE, BTI shall certify in writing to
         AT&T that the EQUIPMENT has been properly installed and is ready
         for use and that the SOFTWARE routines, if any, specified in an
         ORDER are operational.  If the EQUIPMENT is certified to be ready
         for use prior to the day before the INSTALLATION DATE, AT&T may
         elect to use the EQUIPMENT and change the INSTALLATION DATE
         accordingly.  At any time prior to the date indicated in an ORDER
         for delivery of the EQUIPMENT, AT&T may, upon written notice to
         BTI, delay the INSTALLATION DATE, but such delay shall not exceed
         thirty (30) days.  

         Standard of Performance and Acceptance of Equipment and Software

         The intent of this clause is to establish a standard of
         performance which must be attained before AT&T accepts the
         EQUIPMENT and SOFTWARE.  

         1.   If the purchase price of the EQUIPMENT is less than $10,000,
              BTI shall certify to AT&T in writing that the EQUIPMENT has
              been properly installed and is being operated by AT&T's
              personnel in conformance with BTI's technical specifications
              and any specifications submitted to BTI by AT&T.  Upon
              satisfactory attainment of this standard of performance, the
              EQUIPMENT shall be accepted in writing by AT&T.  

              If the purchase price of the EQUIPMENT is greater than
              $10,000, paragraph 2 through 7 of this clause shall apply. 




                                       - 22 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


         2.   The performance period shall begin on the INSTALLATION DATE
              and shall end when the EQUIPMENT and SOFTWARE, operated by
              AT&T personnel, has met with both BTI's technical
              specifications (Systems Acceptance Test) and any
              specifications submitted to BTI by AT&T at an average
              effectiveness level of one hundred (100) percent for a period
              of ************************* days.  AT&T may shorten the
              Acceptance Test period if it deems that a shorter period will
              be adequate to accurately evaluate the EQUIPMENT and
              SOFTWARE.  AT&T will, with BTI's assistance develop a Systems
              Acceptance Test which establishes appropriate load testing
              and other criteria. If the hundred (100) percent
              effectiveness level is not attained during the initial
              ************************* day period, the performance period
              shall be extended ********************* until the hundred
              (100) percent effectiveness level has been attained for
              ************************* days.  If the hundred (100) percent
              effectiveness level has not been attained for *************
              *********** days within *************** calendar days from
              the INSTALLATION DATE, AT&T may either (a) terminate the
              ORDER and have the EQUIPMENT and SOFTWARE promptly removed,
              (b) require a replacement be installed, or (c) continue the
              performance period subject to its rights under clauses (a)
              and (b) of this sentence.  

         3.   EQUIPMENT and SOFTWARE which shall have been accepted by AT&T
              and then modified or replaced shall be deemed to have met
              AT&T's standard of performance if it operates in conformance
              with both BTI's published technical specifications, and any
              specifications submitted to BTI by AT&T, at an average
              effectiveness level of one hundred (100) percent or more
              during a ************************* day period.  

         4.   AT&T shall maintain appropriate daily records to reflect
              operation of the EQUIPMENT and SOFTWARE pursuant to this
              Standard of Performance and Acceptance of EQUIPMENT and
              SOFTWARE clause.  

         5.   Upon satisfactory completion of the System Acceptance Test,
              the EQUIPMENT and SOFTWARE shall be accepted in writing by
              AT&T.  








                                       - 23 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>




         Title

         AT&T shall accept title to the EQUIPMENT after the EQUIPMENT
         satisfactorily attains the standard of performance pursuant to the
         Standard Of Performance And Acceptance Of Equipment clause.  Upon
         receipt of payment, BTI shall furnish AT&T a bill of sale and all
         other documents requested by AT&T to enable it to perfect
         unencumbered title to the EQUIPMENT.  

         Title to MATERIALS shall rest in AT&T upon their acceptance which
         shall be deemed to occur upon receipt of the MATERIALS at AT&T's
         receiving dock unless otherwise specified by AT&T before or
         promptly after such receipt.  

         Equipment Warranty 

         BTI warrants to AT&T and its customers that the EQUIPMENT and
         MATERIALS furnished shall be merchantable and free from defects in
         design, material and workmanship and shall conform to and perform
         in accordance with the specifications, drawings and samples.
         These warranties extend to the future performance of the EQUIPMENT
         and MATERIALS and shall continue for the longer of (a) one year
         after the EQUIPMENT or MATERIALS are accepted by AT&T, or (b) a
         greater period if specified elsewhere in this Agreement or an
         ORDER.   BTI also warrants to AT&T and its customers that the
         EQUIPMENT and MATERIALS shall be new or remanufactured and that
         SERVICES shall be performed in a first class, workmanlike manner.
         In addition, if the EQUIPMENT or MATERIALS furnished contains one
         (1) or more manufacturer's warranties, BTI hereby assigns those
         warranties to AT&T and its Customers.  EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS or
         SERVICES not meeting the warranties will, at AT&T's option, (a) be
         returned for or subject to refund, repair, replacement, or
         reperformance by BTI at no cost to AT&T or its customers and with
         transportation costs and risk of loss and damage in transit borne
         by BTI, or (b) be subject to refund.  

         All warranties shall continue in full force and effect
         notwithstanding transfer of title to the EQUIPMENT or MATERIALS by
         AT&T, so long as AT&T, its customers or its ASSOCIATED ENTITIES
         shall remain the user of the EQUIPMENT or MATERIALS.  All
         warranties shall also survive inspection, acceptance and payment.  

         License Grant 

         BTI hereby grants to AT&T a nonexclusive, nontransferable (except
         as set forth in this Agreement) perpetual license so USE the
         SOFTWARE.  Upon delivery to AT&T, all media shall become the
         property of AT&T except that fixed in EQUIPMENT, title to which




                                       - 24 -<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


         shall pass to AT&T upon acceptance of the EQUIPMENT.  SOFTWARE
         includes the basic items defined in the SOFTWARE and Programming
         aids clause and any other basic items listed on an ORDER.  The
         foregoing license extends to any use of any program or software
         derived from the SOFTWARE.  The foregoing license is for SOFTWARE
         different from the originally delivered SOFTWARE referred to in
         the Operating System Software clause.   

         License Fee

         Fees for the license of the SOFTWARE and the maintenance of the
         SOFTWARE are designated in this Agreement or will be separately
         agreed to by the parties.  Once a year only, BTI may change the
         fees for recurring charges if (1) such change is part of a change
         to BTI's published price list, and (2) if ninety (90) days prior
         written notice is given to AT&T.  Any provisions included in BTI's
         published price list other than those relating to price and
         description of items to which prices apply shall be deemed
         deleted.  Fee(s) changes shall not become effective until BTI
         receives AT&T's written consent to the specific fee(s) changes (or
         until ninety (90) days from BTI's notice with no reply from AT&T.)
         BTI agrees that any increase in fees will be no more than ****
         ************ of the fees in effect at the time of the written
         notice of such change.  

         Centralized Maintenance

         AT&T may specify in an ORDER that, for centralized maintenance
         purposes all SOFTWARE changes, including ENHANCEMENTS, provided by
         BTI shall be provided only to the AT&T's Centralized Support
         Organization.  BTI will in that event, be responsive to
         maintenance requests which the AT&T's Centralized Support
         Organization issues.  This Organization will be responsible for
         SOFTWARE application, initial acceptance testing and distribution
         of the SOFTWARE to all licensed installations.  

         BTI grants AT&T the right to transmit the SOFTWARE by means of
         data links from AT&T's Centralized Support Organization to each
         licensed installation.  

         BTI grants to AT&T, ********************* a license to USE a copy
         of the SOFTWARE for centralized maintenance purposes only.  BTI
         shall provide this maintenance copy of the SOFTWARE in response to
         an ORDER requesting same.  The maintenance copy provided to the
         AT&T's Centralized Support Organization will be used only to
         perform systems or application support functions for the AT&T's
         application programmers, except as provided hereinafter.  If the

                                       - 25 -<PAGE>


<PAGE>


         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


         maintenance copy of the SOFTWARE provided pursuant to this clause
         or a copy thereof is later incorporated by the AT&T's Centralized
         Support Organization into a AT&T system or application support
         SOFTWARE, AT&T shall notify BTI and shall pay BTI the current
         applicable rate paid by AT&T for USE of the SOFTWARE.  

         Contents of Order

         An ORDER for SOFTWARE shall be written on AT&T's purchase order
         form and shall contain the following:   

              1.   The incorporation by reference of this Agreement;  

              2.   A complete list of the SOFTWARE to be included in the
                   license, including a reference to and incorporation of
                   the applicable SOFTWARE reference manuals;  

              3.    The fee for the SOFTWARE furnished and license granted; 

              4.   The location or locations at which the SOFTWARE is to be
                   delivered and invoiced;  

              5.   The date or dates by which the SOFTWARE shall be
                   delivered; and  

              6.   Any other special provisions agreed upon by both
                   parties.  

         Enhancements and Maintenance

         BTI shall promptly furnish to AT&T during the duration of the
         ORDER, at an agreed upon charge, if any, all SOFTWARE
         ENHANCEMENTS, made available by BTI to any of its customers and
         shall promptly provide to AT&T any revisions to the basic Software
         items defined in the SOFTWARE and Programming Aids clause to
         reflect the ENHANCEMENTS.  All ENHANCEMENTS shall be considered
         SOFTWARE subject to the provisions of the ORDER.  AT&T may
         incorporate the ENHANCEMENTS into the SOFTWARE or continue using
         previous versions of the SOFTWARE, at AT&T's option.  AT&T may, at
         any time and at its discretion, discontinue maintenance of the
         SOFTWARE.  BTI shall not charge AT&T for ENHANCEMENTS or any other
         maintenance during the warranty period.  Charges for upgrading a
         license from one tier grouping to a higher tier grouping shall not
         exceed ***************** of the license fee paid for the current
         license.  




                                       - 26 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


         Intellectual Property Rights

         Title to the SOFTWARE and to intellectual property rights therein
         shall remain in BTI or BTI's licensor, as applicable.  AT&T shall
         have the right to make a reasonable number of copies of the
         SOFTWARE for USE as authorized in the ORDER or elsewhere in this
         Agreement.  AT&T however, shall not knowingly reproduce copies of
         the SOFTWARE for the purpose of supplying it to others except
         individuals authorized herein.  This Paragraph applies only to
         preexisting BTI software and not to software developed by or for
         AT&T.   

         Remote Access 

         AT&T shall have the right at no additional charge or fee, to have,
         the SOFTWARE used at any other location by means of remote
         electronic access.  

         Risk of Loss 

         If any SOFTWARE fixed in MEDIA is lost, damaged or made invalid
         during shipment, BTI will promptly replace the SOFTWARE and MEDIA
         therefor at no additional charge to AT&T.   If any SOFTWARE is
         lost or damaged while in the possession of AT&T, BTI will promptly
         replace the SOFTWARE at the established charge for the associated
         MEDIA unless such is provided by AT&T.   

         SOFTWARE and Programming Aids 

         On the delivery date, BTI shall furnish to AT&T, ****************
         ************** at least the following basic items:  

         1.   Object program (the fully compiled or assembled series of
              instructions, written in machine language, ready to be loaded
              into the computer, that guides the operations of the
              computer) stored in a MEDIUM compatible with the equipment
              described in the ORDER;  

         2.   Program implementation and user instructions and required
              procedures;  

         3.   The SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS, as well as the required machine
              configuration;  






                                       - 27 -<PAGE>


<PAGE>


         Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the
         Commission.  Asterisks denote such omissions.


         4.   Sample data output, such as printouts or typical screen
              displays, and any other programs, routines, subroutines,
              utility or service programs, flow charts, logic diagrams and
              listings, descriptive SPECIFICATIONS and acceptance
              SPECIFICATIONS or related material BTI may have which is
              necessary or useful for the full implementation and USE of
              the SOFTWARE and which BTI normally furnishes to users of the
              SOFTWARE ********************************.  

         5.   Source Program (the computer program expressed in a source
              language) if licensed by BTI as part of the SOFTWARE ordered
              hereunder.  

         Source Programs and Technical Documentation 

         BTI shall, at AT&T's request, enter into an Escrow Agreement
         substantially the same in form and substance to the form attached
         (Appendix B) to this Agreement to safeguard BTI's SOFTWARE
         SPECIFICATIONS and source code at any time during the duration of
         this Agreement.  Both parties shall negotiate in good faith such
         Escrow Agreement.   

         If the parties have not entered into an Escrow Agreement then the
         following clause shall apply:  

         If BTI, among other things, becomes insolvent, ceases to carry on
         business on a regular basis or fails to perform its obligations
         under the ORDER, and during a period of thirty (30) days
         thereafter BTI (or some other financially and technically
         responsible successor in interest acceptable to AT&T which assumes
         in writing BTI's obligations,  under the ORDER) does not continue
         to perform those obligations, then (a) BTI, or others acting on
         behalf of BTI, shall furnish to AT&T all SOFTWARE SOURCE MATERIALS
         and (b) BTI will be deemed to have granted to AT&T a perpetual
         non-exclusive royalty-free right to USE the SOFTWARE and the
         SOFTWARE SOURCE MATERIALS under the provisions of the ORDER.  If
         AT&T's USE of the SOFTWARE Source Materials involves USE or
         copying of copyrighted material or the practice of any invention
         covered by a patent, BTI shall not assert the copyright or patent
         against AT&T.  

         Software Warranty 

         BTI warrants to AT&T and its customers all of the following:  





                                       - 28 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



              1.   The SOFTWARE will be free from significant errors, will
                   conform to and perform in accordance with the
                   SPECIFICATIONS and will function properly.  The MEDIA
                   conveying the SOFTWARE will be free from defects in
                   material and workmanship.  The SOFTWARE will be
                   compatible with and may be used in conjunction with
                   other SOFTWARE as described in the SPECIFICATIONS.  If
                   an ORDER states that the SOFTWARE is to be used in
                   conjunction with certain data processing equipment, the
                   SOFTWARE shall be compatible with that equipment.  The
                   foregoing warranties extend to the future performance of
                   the SOFTWARE or of products which incorporate the
                   SOFTWARE and shall continue for the longer of (a) the
                   warranty period applicable to AT&T's sublicense to its
                   customers of the SOFTWARE or of the products which
                   incorporate the SOFTWARE, (b) twelve (12) months after
                   the SOFTWARE is accepted by AT&T, or (c) a greater
                   period specified elsewhere in this Agreement or an
                   ORDER.  

              2.   WORK will be performed in a first-class, workmanlike
                   manner.  

              3.   There are no copy protection or similar mechanisms
                   within the SOFTWARE which will, either now or in the
                   future, interfere with the grants made in this Agreement
                   or an ORDER.  

              4.   AT&T and its customers shall have quiet enjoyment of the
                   SOFTWARE.  

              5.   As to SOFTWARE for which BTI does not solely own all
                   intellectual property rights, BTI has full right, power
                   and authority to license the SOFTWARE to AT&T and its
                   customers as provided in this Agreement or an ORDER.  

              6.   If the SOFTWARE, or any portion thereof, is or becomes
                   unusable, totally, or in any respect during the
                   applicable warranty period, or if the WORK fails to meet
                   the warranties, BTI will reperform WORK, correct errors,
                   defects and nonconformities and restore the SOFTWARE to
                   conforming condition free of significant errors at no
                   cost to AT&T or its customers.  Corrected SOFTWARE shall
                   be warranted as set forth in this clause.  









                                       - 29 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



              7.   The SOFTWARE does not contain any malicious code,
                   program, or other internal component (e.g. computer
                   virus, computer worm, computer time bomb, or similar
                   component), which could damage, destroy, or alter
                   SOFTWARE, firmware, or hardware or which could, in any
                   manner, reveal, damage, destroy, or alter any data or
                   other information accessed through or processed by the
                   SOFTWARE in any manner.  BTI shall immediately advise
                   AT&T, in writing, upon reasonable suspicion or actual
                   knowledge that the SOFTWARE provided under this
                   Agreement or an ORDER may result in the harm described
                   above.  BTI shall indemnify and hold AT&T and its
                   customers harmless from any damage resulting from the
                   harm described above.  

              8.   All warranties shall survive inspection, acceptance and
                   payment.  

         Taxes 

         AT&T shall reimburse BTI for only the following tax payments with
         respect to transactions under this Agreement or an ORDER unless
         AT&T advises BTI that an exemption applies:  State and local sales
         and uses taxes, as applicable.  Taxes payable by AT&T shall be
         billed as separate items on BTI's invoices and shall not be
         included in BTI's prices.  AT&T shall have the right to have BTI
         contest any such taxes that AT&T deems improperly levied at AT&T's
         expense and subject to AT&T's direction and control.   

























                                       - 30 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                                      EXHIBIT C
                         BTI Purchase and License Agreement


         1.   DEFINITIONS

              1.1  For the purpose of this Agreement, the terms below shall
                   have the following definitions as indicated:

                   1.1.1     "Effective Date" -- the earliest date that a
                             duly authorized officer of both parties sign
                             this Agreement.

                   1.1.2     "Equipment" -- means Access NP Platforms.

                   1.1.3     "Software" -- the executable (object code)
                             version of BTI's proprietary computer software
                             as developed by and/or licensed to BTI.
                             Software does not include any customized
                             software prepared by or for  AT&T.

                   1.1.4     "System(s)" -- means collectively the
                             Equipment and Software as those terms are
                             defined above.

                   1.1.5     "Documentation" -- all existing written user
                             manuals, reference manuals, training manuals,
                             release notes and/or other relevant materials
                             in English, as may be further described in
                             Schedule A attached hereto, that are produced
                             by BTI to assist AT&T on how to use the
                             System.

         2.   TERM

              2.1  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the
                   Effective Date and unless otherwise terminated as
                   provided herein, shall continue in full force and
                   effect.

         3.   SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

              3.1  BTI agrees to sell and license to AT&T, and AT&T may
                   purchase and license from BTI, the System(s) for AT&T's
                   internal use only.








                                       - 31 -<PAGE>


<PAGE>



              3.2  In performing its obligations hereunder, each party
                   shall employ its own personnel and shall be responsible
                   for them and their acts.  Each party shall in no way be
                   liable for any losses, injuries, or damages caused by or
                   attributed to the acts and/or omissions of the other
                   party, its employees, or its agents.

              3.3  The parties hereto agree that they are independent
                   contractors.  This Agreement shall not be construed to
                   create or result in a partnership or joint venture
                   between the parties hereto, nor to make either party the
                   agent of the other party.

         4.   ORDERS

              4.1  Unless otherwise agreed, the prices for the Systems on
                   all orders placed by AT&T hereunder must be stated in
                   U.S. dollars.

              4.2  On all purchase orders placed, AT&T shall have the right
                   to modify or change each System assembly up to thirty
                   (30) days prior to scheduled shipment, without incurring
                   any additional charge.  In the event AT&T desires to
                   modify or change a System assembly mix less than thirty
                   (30) days prior to shipment, BTI reserves the right to
                   place additional charges on such shipment upon BTI's
                   showing of incremental costs substantiating such
                   charges, and advance notice to AT&T, and AT&T agrees to
                   pay such charges.  Such additional charges shall
                   represent BTI's cost for labor, materials, and expedited
                   materials, plus a reasonable profit, for such requested
                   assembly mix modifications or changes.  No such
                   modifications or changes may be made after shipment.

              4.3  AT&T may purchase and license each System by submitting
                   purchase orders for same by hard copy or facsimile.  All
                   orders conforming with the agreements between BTI and
                   AT&T must be accepted.

              4.4  Unless BTI expressly agrees in writing, no additional or
                   different provisions appearing anywhere on AT&T's
                   purchase order shall become part of such order.

              4.5  BTI shall have the right to modify, in any manner, the
                   System(s), spares and/or services offered hereunder upon
                   thirty (30) days prior written notice to AT&T, subject
                   to AT&T's acceptance.





                                       - 32 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>




         5.   ACCEPTANCE AND SHIPMENT OF ORDERS

              5.1  BTI agrees to notify AT&T promptly regarding a) whether
                   BTI accepts or, solely if an order does not conform with
                   the Agreement between the parties, rejects each of
                   AT&T's purchase orders, b) shipping details associated
                   with each order, and c) any subsequent changes in BTI's
                   delivery schedule and/or shipping plans subject to
                   approval by AT&T.

              5.2  Shipment of standard Systems will be on terms agreed to
                   by the parties and shipment of customized Systems must
                   be negotiated by the parties.

         6.   DELIVERY

              6.1  Except as otherwise agreed, BTI shall deliver each
                   System to AT&T F.O.B. point of destination.  In the
                   absence of specific shipping instructions from AT&T, BTI
                   will select a common and/or freight forwarder carrier,
                   and shall assume any liability in connection with the
                   shipment of any System delivered hereunder.

              6.2  Insurance coverage for in-transit goods, beyond such
                   coverage provided by the common carrier/freight
                   forwarder, will be agreed to by the parties.

         7.   LICENSES

              7.1  AT&T shall not remove or alter, nor permit the removal
                   or alteration of, any designated BTI trademarks, tags,
                   labels or other identifying markings placed by BTI on
                   any Systems, products, packages or containers provided
                   hereunder without the prior written consent of BTI.  In
                   no event shall AT&T have the right to market, sell,
                   lease, license or otherwise distribute, directly or
                   indirectly, the Systems.

         8.   WARRANTIES

              8.1  Each party hereto warrants to the other party that it
                   has full right, interest and authority to enter into and
                   perform its obligations under this Agreement.

              8.2  BTI warrants to AT&T that upon payment in full of the
                   purchase price, AT&T shall acquire good title to the
                   Equipment being purchased hereunder, free and clear of
                   all liens and encumbrances.




                                       - 33 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>


              8.3  BTI warrants that the Equipment delivered hereunder will
                   be free from material defects in workmanship and
                   materials for a period of one (1) year starting at the
                   later of AT&T's date of acceptance or forty-five (45)
                   days after the date of initial shipment of the Equipment
                   to AT&T (the "Warranty Period").  If any item of
                   Equipment shall require repair or replacement by BTI in
                   accordance with such warranty, BTI will effect
                   replacement or repair as soon as possible and subject to
                   service commitments agreed to by the parties.  BTI also
                   warrants that the repaired or replacement item will be
                   free from material defects in workmanship and materials
                   for the balance of the Warranty Period of the replaced
                   item, or for ninety (90) days, whichever is longer.  BTI
                   warrants all spare parts will be free from material
                   defects in workmanship and materials for a period of
                   ninety (90) days from the date of installation.

                   8.3.1     Upon notice to BTI, defective Equipment will
                             be returned to BTI for repair or replacement,
                             at BTI's election, with risk of in-transit
                             loss or damage borne by AT&T and
                             transportation charges paid by BTI. AT&T is
                             responsible for obtaining an appropriate
                             Return Material Authorization ("RMA") from BTI
                             prior to returning defective Equipment to BTI
                             in accordance with the Return Material
                             Authorization Procedure, as set forth in
                             Schedule C attached hereto.  Unless otherwise
                             agreed upon by BTI and AT&T, BTI shall
                             complete repairs and ship the repaired
                             Equipment within twenty (20) business days of
                             receipt of defective Equipment.  BTI shall
                             bear the risk of in-transit loss or damage and
                             shall prepay and bear the cost of
                             transportation charges for shipments to AT&T
                             of any repaired or replaced Equipment.

              8.4  During the Warranty Period referenced in Section 8.3
                   above, all Software licensed hereunder will conform to
                   BTI's applicable then current published specifications
                   when delivered.  AT&T must notify BTI in writing of any
                   defect in the Software, and if the Software is found to
                   be substantially defective, BTI's obligation under this
                   warranty is to correct such defect.  BTI does not
                   warrant that the Software will meet all requirements of
                   AT&T, or that the operation of the Software will be
                   completely error free, or that all non-material Software
                   defects will be corrected.  BTI will correct any and all
                   service affecting Software deficiencies or provide an
                   adequate work-around(s) for same.

                                       - 34 -<PAGE>


<PAGE>



              8.5  The foregoing warranties above are contingent upon
                   proper use and maintenance of the System by AT&T, in
                   accordance with written standards communicated by BTI to
                   AT&T.  In addition, however, the foregoing warranties
                   shall not apply to defects or failures in the System
                   due, without limitation, to the following to the extent
                   caused by AT&T's negligence: (i) accident, neglect or
                   misuse; (ii) failure or defect of electrical power,
                   electrical static discharges, external electrical
                   circuitry, air-conditioning or humidity control; (iii)
                   the use of items not provided by BTI; (iv) unusual
                   stress; or (v) any party other than BTI or a AT&T
                   representative trained and certified by BTI modifying,
                   adjusting, repairing, servicing or installing the
                   System.

              8.6  Post-Warranty Support.  Upon the expiration of the
                   Warranty Period for the System, BTI will provide the
                   same support services described in this Section 8 for
                   each System, provided AT&T has paid to BTI the annual
                   support fee set forth in Schedule A or as subsequently
                   mutually agreed to by the parties.

              8.7  SUBJECT TO THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES, BTI MAKES NO
                   IMPLIED WARRANTIES HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
                   TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
                   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

         9.   INDEMNIFICATION

              9.1  BTI agrees to defend, indemnify and hold AT&T harmless
                   from and against any and all loss, damage, liability or
                   expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) assessed
                   against AT&T or incurred by AT&T, arising out of any
                   claim, suit or proceeding brought against AT&T asserting
                   or alleging that the System in the form furnished
                   hereunder constitutes an infringement of any patent,
                   trademark or copyright, provided AT&T notifies BTI
                   promptly in writing information of any such claim, suit
                   or proceeding and gives full and complete authority, and
                   acts reasonably, providing  information, and assistance
                   to BTI in the defense of such claim, suit or proceeding,
                   and provided further that BTI shall have control of the
                   defense of any such claim, suit or proceeding and of all
                   negotiations for its settlement or compromise.







                                       - 35 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>




              9.2  If the System is held to be infringing and its use is
                   enjoined, BTI shall be discharged from its prospective
                   liabilities if, at its own expense and election, it does
                   one of the following:  (1) procure for AT&T the right to
                   continue using the System, or (2) modify the System so
                   it becomes non-infringing.  BTI shall not have any
                   liability to AT&T under this Agreement if any allegation
                   of infringement is based upon the interconnection and/or
                   modification and/or use of the System in combination
                   with other devices not furnished by BTI and which have
                   not been disclosed to BTI as part of AT&T's proposed
                   configuration where the System would not by itself be
                   infringing, or if the infringement arises out of
                   compliance with AT&T's specifications or designs or out
                   of modifications made to the System unless such
                   modifications are made by BTI.

              9.3  Nothing in this Agreement grants to either party rights
                   to the other party's patents or copyrights.
                   Furthermore, BTI has no rights to AT&T's other
                   Intellectual Property except as otherwise agreed to
                   herein.

         10.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

              10.1 IN NO EVENT SHALL BTI BE LIABLE HEREUNDER FOR ANY
                   INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL
                   DAMAGES WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER
                   LEGAL THEORY, EVEN IF BTI HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
                   POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

         11.  DEFAULT AND OPPORTUNITY TO CURE

              11.1 Subject to the provisions of Section 12.1 below, neither
                   party shall be deemed to be in default under the terms
                   of this Agreement unless the party alleging the default
                   sends a written notice setting forth the nature of the
                   alleged default, and the defaulting party shall fail to
                   substantially cure such default within thirty (30) days
                   following the receipt of such notice.

         12.  TERMINATION

              12.1 For Cause -- This Agreement may be terminated by either
                   party upon the failure of the other party to cure any
                   material default following the notice and opportunity to
                   cure set forth in Section 11.1. above, provided,
                   however, that:




                                       - 36 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>




                   12.1.1    Sixty (60) days prior written notice shall be
                             required and this Agreement shall terminate
                             after said sixty (60) day period if any of the
                             following circumstances remain uncured:  (i)
                             if the other party becomes insolvent or unable
                             to pay its debts in the ordinary course of its
                             business; (ii) if a voluntary or involuntary
                             petition under applicable bankruptcy laws is
                             filed by or against the other party; (iii) if
                             a receiver is appointed for the business
                             affairs of the other party or the other party
                             makes an assignment for the benefit of
                             creditors; (iv) if the other party liquidates
                             or ceases doing business as a going concern;
                             or (v) if there is a change in the control or
                             majority ownership of one party not otherwise
                             expressly assented to by the other party.

         13.  TRAINING AND OTHER SUPPORT SERVICES

              13.1      BTI will provide technical training for AT&T's
                        personnel to prepare them to operate, administer
                        and maintain the System.  AT&T shall be responsible
                        for all travel and living expenses of its employees
                        related to such training.  Training for additional
                        employees of AT&T will be available in accordance
                        with BTI's then standard practices and pricing.

         14.  LAWS AND REGULATIONS

              14.1 This Agreement is specifically made subject to any and
                   all laws, regulations, orders or other restrictions on
                   the export from the United States of America of computer
                   software, hardware, telecommunications equipment and
                   technical knowledge or know-how relating thereto, which
                   may be imposed from time to time by the Government of
                   the United States of America.  AT&T agrees that Systems
                   purchased/licensed hereunder will not be exported or
                   otherwise transferred, directly or indirectly, in whole
                   or in part, without AT&T first obtaining , where
                   applicable, a license from the U.S. Department of
                   Commerce and/or any other appropriate agency of the U.S.
                   Government, as required.









                                       - 37 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>




         15.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

              15.1 All notices required to be given hereunder shall be in
                   writing and shall be deemed given if delivered
                   personally, or if sent by facsimile (whereby the
                   receiving party shall acknowledge receipt of same by
                   facsimile within two (2) business days from receipt of
                   the initial facsimile) with a copy of such notice sent
                   by air mail, to the person identified below at the
                   address as set forth at the beginning of this Agreement,
                   or such other person or address as may be specified in a
                   written notice delivered in accordance with this
                   Section 15.1:       

                   If to BTI:               Attention:  A. K. Wnorowski
                                            Senior Vice President,
                                            Strategic Alliances

                   If to AT&T:         Attention:  ________________________
                                                 __________________________

              15.2 Neither party may assign its rights and/or obligations
                   hereunder without the prior written consent of the other
                   party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld
                   provided, however, AT&T reserves the right to assign its
                   rights to any successor corporation which assumes
                   responsibility for the businesses contemplated
                   hereunder.

              15.3 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
                   accordance with, the laws of New York, without reference
                   to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

              15.4 If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid
                   under any applicable law, such provision shall, to the
                   extent of such invalidity, be deemed to be omitted here
                   from, and all other provisions of this Agreement shall
                   continue in full force and effect.

              15.5 Any failure by either party to enforce strict
                   performance by the other party of any provision herein
                   shall not constitute a waiver of the right to
                   subsequently enforce such provision or any other
                   provision of this Agreement.








                                       - 38 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>




              15.6 Any controversy or claim arising out of or related to
                   this Agreement shall be submitted to binding arbitration
                   in New York City, before a single arbitrator in
                   accordance with the then prevailing Rules of the
                   American Arbitration Association.  Any such arbitration
                   shall be held in English and shall be administered by
                   the American Arbitration Association.  Any arbitrator(s)
                   used shall be knowledgeable in telecommunications and
                   data processing systems.  The parties consent to the
                   jurisdiction of the Courts of New York in connection
                   with respect to any award made by the arbitrator(s).
                   Each party shall bear its own costs, expenses of fees
                   (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with
                   this Section 15.6.  The parties hereby acknowledge that
                   monetary damages may not be a sufficient remedy for
                   breaches of Section 7, above and that either party, as
                   appropriate, may be entitled to such injunctive or
                   equitable relief for actions or claims arising solely
                   under Section 7, as may be deemed proper by a court of
                   competent jurisdiction.

              15.7 Neither party shall be liable to the other party for any
                   failure to perform hereunder due to contingencies beyond
                   its reasonable control, including but not limited to,
                   riots, wars, fires or Acts of God; in the event of such
                   situation, the party excused from such obligation shall
                   use best efforts to meet its commitments as soon as
                   possible,  and the other party reserves its rights to
                   cancel its corresponding obligations effective upon
                   notice.  

              15.8 No modification of this Agreement shall be binding upon
                   either party unless made in writing and executed on
                   behalf of that party by its duly authorized
                   representative.  

















                                       - 39 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



             THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON ITS
                     EXERCISE ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON
                   TRANSFER SET FORTH IN SECTION 4 OF THIS WARRANT      


         Number of Shares:   4,908,800 shares (subject to adjustment as
                             provided herein)

         Date of Issuance:   November 22, 1995


                               BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.


                            Common Stock Purchase Warrant


              Boston Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
         "Company"), for value received, hereby certifies that AT&T
         Corporation ("AT&T"), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth
         below, to purchase from the Company, at any time or from time to
         time during the periods specified herein, 4,908,800 shares of
         Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company (the
         "Common Stock"), at a purchase price of $14.00 per share.  The
         shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the purchase
         price per share, each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to
         the provisions of this Warrant, are hereinafter referred to as the
         "Warrant Shares" and the "Purchase Price", respectively. 

              1.   Exercise.

                   (a)  This Warrant shall become exercisable as to twenty
         percent (20%) of the Warrant Shares on each of the first five
         anniversaries of the date hereof.  This Warrant shall remain
         exercisable as to particular Warrant Shares for a period of thirty
         (30) months after such Warrant Shares first become exercisable,
         and no longer, and shall expire as to such Warrant Shares if not
         exercised prior to the end of such thirty-month period.  The
         following table summarizes the foregoing:

         Warrant Shares           Become Exercisable       Expire

         981,760                  November 22, 1996        May 22, 1999
         981,760                  November 22, 1997        May 22, 2000
         981,760                  November 22, 1998        May 22, 2001
         981,760                  November 22, 1999        May 22, 2002
         981,760                  November 22, 2000        May 22, 2003

         In addition to the foregoing, in the event that any person or
         entity acquires a majority of the Company's outstanding voting



                                       - 40 -<PAGE>


<PAGE>


         securities, then this Warrant shall immediately become exercisable
         in full.  

                   (b)  Each exercise of this Warrant shall be effected by
         surrender of this Warrant, with the purchase form appended hereto
         as Exhibit I duly executed by AT&T, at the principal office of the
         Company, accompanied by payment in full, by wire transfer, bank
         check or other method acceptable to the Company, of the Purchase
         Price payable in respect of the number of Warrant Shares purchased
         upon such exercise. 

                   (c)  AT&T may, at its option, elect to pay some or all
         of the Purchase Price payable upon an exercise of this Warrant by
         cancelling a portion of this Warrant (to the extent then
         exercisable) with respect to such number of Warrant Shares as is
         determined by dividing (i) the total Purchase Price payable in
         respect of the number of Warrant Shares being purchased upon such
         exercise by (ii) the excess of the Fair Market Value per share of
         Common Stock as of the effective date of exercise, as determined
         below (the "Exercise Date"), over the Purchase Price per share.
         The Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock shall be
         determined as follows:

                        (i)  If the Common Stock is listed on a national
         securities exchange, the Nasdaq National Market or another
         nationally recognized exchange or trading system as of the
         Exercise Date, the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock
         shall be deemed to be the last reported sale price per share of
         Common Stock thereon on the Exercise Date, or, if no such price is
         reported on such date, such price on the next preceding business
         day for which such price is reported.  

                       (ii)  If the Common Stock is not listed on a
         national securities exchange, the Nasdaq National Market or
         another nationally recognized exchange or trading system as of the
         Exercise Date, the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock
         shall be deemed to be the amount determined in good faith by the
         Board of Directors to represent the fair market value per share of
         the Common Stock (including without limitation a determination for
         purposes of granting Common Stock options or issuing Common Stock
         under an employee benefit plan of the Company).  

                   (d)  Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to
         have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on
         the day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the
         Company as provided in Section 1(b) above.  At such time, AT&T
         shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Warrant
         Shares issuable upon such exercise. 





                                       - 41 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                   (e)  As soon as practicable after the exercise of this
         Warrant in full or in part, the Company, at its expense (including
         without limitation the payment of any applicable stamp taxes),
         will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, AT&T: 

                        (i)  a certificate for the number of full Warrant
         Shares to which AT&T shall be entitled upon such exercise plus, in
         lieu of any fractional share to which AT&T would otherwise be
         entitled, cash in an amount determined pursuant to Section 3
         hereof; and 

                       (ii)  in case such exercise is in part only, a new
         warrant (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling on the face
         thereof for the number of Warrant Shares equal (without giving
         effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares
         called for on the face of this Warrant minus the sum of (a) the
         number of such shares purchased by AT&T upon such exercise plus
         (b) the number of Warrant Shares (if any) covered by the portion
         of this Warrant cancelled in payment of the Purchase Price payable
         upon such exercise pursuant to Section 1(c) above.

              2.   Adjustments.

                   (a)  If outstanding shares of the Common Stock shall be
         subdivided into a greater number of shares or a dividend in Common
         Stock shall be paid in respect of Common Stock, the Purchase Price
         in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record
         date of such dividend shall simultaneously with the effectiveness
         of such subdivision or immediately after the record date of such
         dividend be proportionately reduced.  If outstanding shares of
         Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares,
         the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination
         shall, simultaneously with the effectiveness of such combination,
         be proportionately increased.  When any adjustment is required to
         be made in the Purchase Price, the number of Warrant Shares
         purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to
         the number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the
         number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant
         immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Purchase
         Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the
         Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment. 

                   (b)  If there shall occur any capital reorganization or
         reclassification of the Common Stock (other than a change in par
         value or a subdivision or combination as provided for in
         Section 2(a) above), or any consolidation or merger of the Company
         with or into another corporation, or a transfer of all or
         substantially all of the assets of the Company, then, as part of
         any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger
         or sale, as the case may be, lawful provision shall be made so



                                       - 42 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         that AT&T shall have the right thereafter to receive upon the
         exercise hereof the kind and amount of shares of stock or other
         securities or property which AT&T would have been entitled to
         receive if, immediately prior to any such reorganization,
         reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale, as the case may
         be, AT&T had held the number of shares of Common Stock which were
         then purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant.  In any such
         case, appropriate adjustment (as reasonably determined in good
         faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be made in
         the application of the provisions set forth herein with respect to
         the rights and interests thereafter of AT&T, such that the
         provisions set forth in this Section 2 (including provisions with
         respect to adjustment of the Purchase Price) shall thereafter be
         applicable, as nearly as is reasonably practicable, in relation to
         any shares of stock or other securities or property thereafter
         deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant.  

                   (c)  When any adjustment is required to be made in the
         Purchase Price, the Company shall promptly mail to AT&T a
         certificate setting forth the Purchase Price after such adjustment
         and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such
         adjustment.  Such certificate shall also set forth the kind and
         amount of stock or other securities or property into which this
         Warrant shall be exercisable following the occurrence of any of
         the events specified in Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) above. 

              3.   Fractional Shares.  The Company shall not be required
         upon the exercise of this Warrant to issue any fractional shares,
         but shall make an adjustment therefor in cash on the basis of the
         Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock, as determined
         pursuant to Section 1(c) above.

              4.   Transfer Restrictions.

                   (a)  This Warrant may not be sold, exchanged,
         transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of,
         whether voluntarily or by operation of law.

                   (b)  Upon each and every exercise of this Warrant
         (whether an exercise for cash or in a "cashless" exercise as
         permitted by Section 1(c) above), AT&T agrees not to sell,
         exchange, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of
         the Warrant Shares issued upon such exercise for a period of time
         after such exercise (the "Rule 144 Period") determined as follows.
         The Rule 144 Period shall be two years, unless the Securities and
         Exchange Commission (the "SEC") reduces the holding period
         specified in paragraph (d) of Rule 144 ("Rule 144") under the
         Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in
         which event the Rule 144 Period shall simultaneously be reduced to




                                       - 43 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         such shorter period as has been established by the SEC for
         paragraph (d) of Rule 144.

                   (c)  After the expiration of the Rule 144 Period, the
         Warrant Shares may be sold or transferred if either (i) they first
         shall have been registered under the Securities Act or (ii) the
         Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal
         counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect
         that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration
         requirements of the Securities Act.

                   (d)  Each certificate representing Warrant Shares shall
         bear a legend substantially in the following form:

                   "The securities represented by this
                   certificate are subject to restrictions
                   on transfer and may not be sold,
                   exchanged, transferred, pledged,
                   hypothecated or otherwise disposed of
                   except in accordance with and subject to
                   all the terms and conditions of a certain
                   Warrant dated as of November 22, 1995, a
                   copy of which the Company will furnish to
                   the holder of this certificate upon
                   request and without charge."

                   "The securities represented by this
                   certificate have not been registered
                   under the Securities Act of 1933, as
                   amended, and may not be sold, exchanged,
                   transferred, pledged, hypothecated or
                   otherwise disposed of unless and until
                   such securities are registered under such
                   Act or an opinion of counsel satisfactory
                   to the Company is obtained to the effect
                   that such registration is not required."

              5.   No Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of
         its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger,
         dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid
         or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms
         of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the
         carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such
         action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the
         rights of AT&T against impairment. 

              6.   Notices of Record Date, etc.  In case:

                   (a)  the Company shall take a record of the holders of
         its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time



                                       - 44 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the purpose of
         entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other
         distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase
         any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to
         receive any other right; or 

                   (b)  of any capital reorganization of the Company, any
         reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, any
         consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another
         corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the
         Company is the surviving entity), or any transfer of all or
         substantially all of the assets of the Company; or 

                   (c)  of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
         liquidation or winding-up of the Company, 

         then, and in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be
         mailed to AT&T a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the
         date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such
         dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and
         character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the
         effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification,
         consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or
         winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed,
         as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other
         stock or securities at the time deliverable upon the exercise of
         this Warrant) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common
         Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other
         property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification,
         consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or
         winding-up.  Such notice shall be mailed at least ten (10) days
         prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified
         in such notice. 

              7.   Covenants of the Company.  

                   (a)  Exchange Listing.  The Company will at all times
         that this Warrant remains exercisable, in whole or in part,
         maintain the listing (or authorization for quotation) of the
         Common Stock on a national securities exchange, the Nasdaq
         National Market or another nationally recognized exchange or
         trading system. 

                   (b)  Reservation of Shares.  The Company will at all
         times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery
         upon the exercise of this Warrant, such number of Warrant Shares
         and other stock, securities and property, as from time to time
         shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant. 





                                       - 45 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                   (c)  Rule 144 Information.  The Company will at all
         times that this Warrant remains exercisable, in whole or in part,
         maintain "adequate current public information" regarding the
         Company within the meaning of paragraph (c) of Rule 144.  

                   (d)  Required Registration.  If the Company fails to
         maintain "adequate current public information" as required by
         Section 7(c), AT&T may request, in writing, that the Company
         effect the registration on Form S-3, or if the Company is not then
         eligible to use Form S-3 for such a registration, on Form S-1, of
         the Warrant Shares for resale of the Warrant Shares.  If AT&T
         intends to distribute the Warrant Shares by means of an
         underwriting, AT&T shall so advise the Company in its request.
         Upon receipt of such request, the Company shall, as expeditiously
         as possible, use its best efforts to effect the registration on
         Form S-3 or on Form S-1, as the case may be, of the Warrant
         Shares.  The Company shall not be required to effect more than one
         registration pursuant to this Section 7(d).  

                   (e)  Registration Procedures.  If the Company is
         required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its best
         efforts to effect the registration of the Warrant Shares under the
         Securities Act, the Company shall:

                        (i)  file with the SEC a Registration Statement
         with respect to the Warrant Shares and use its best efforts to
         cause that Registration Statement to become and remain effective
         until the earlier of (x) the time all Warrant Shares have been
         sold pursuant thereto or otherwise; (y) the time all Warrant
         Shares could be sold by AT&T within a three-month period without a
         registration statement under Rule 144 or otherwise; or (z) 45 days
         from the date that such Registration Statement is declared
         effective by the SEC;

                        (ii) as expeditiously as possible prepare and file
         with the SEC any amendments and supplements to the Registration
         Statement and the prospectus included in the Registration
         Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement
         effective;

                        (iii) as expeditiously as possible furnish to AT&T
         such reasonable numbers of copies of the prospectus, including a
         preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the
         Securities Act, and such other documents as AT&T may reasonably
         request in order to facilitate the public sale or other
         disposition of the Warrant Shares; and

                        (iv) as expeditiously as possible use its best
         efforts to register or qualify the Warrant Shares covered by the
         Registration Statement under the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of



                                       - 46 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         such states as AT&T shall reasonably request, and do any and all
         other acts and things that may be necessary or desirable to enable
         AT&T to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such
         states of the Warrant Shares; provided, however, that the Company
         shall not be required in connection with this paragraph (iv) to
         qualify as a foreign corporation or execute a general consent to
         service of process in any jurisdiction.

                   If the Company has delivered preliminary or final
         prospectuses to AT&T and after having done so the prospectus is
         amended to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, the
         Company shall promptly notify AT&T and, if requested, AT&T shall
         immediately cease making offers of Warrant Shares and return all
         prospectuses to the Company.  The Company shall promptly provide
         AT&T with revised prospectuses and, following receipt of the
         revised prospectuses, AT&T shall be free to resume making offers
         of the Warrant Shares.

                   (f)  Prospectus Delivery Requirements.  AT&T shall not
         make any sales of Warrant Shares without causing the prospectus
         delivery requirements under the Securities Act to be satisfied and
         AT&T shall promptly advise the Company of any changes in the
         information concerning AT&T contained in any prospectus included
         in any Registration Statement.  AT&T acknowledges that
         occasionally there may be times when the Company must suspend the
         use of the prospectus forming a part of a Registration Statement
         until such time as an amendment to such Registration Statement has
         been filed by the Company and declared effective by the SEC, or
         until such time as the Company has filed an appropriate report
         with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended (the "Exchange Act").  Without limiting the generality of
         the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to suspend the use of
         the prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement in
         any of the following periods:

                        (i) any period during which the Company is engaged
         in any activity or transaction or preparations or negotiations for
         any activity or transaction ("Company Activity") that the Company
         desires to keep confidential for business reasons, if the Company
         determines in good faith that the public disclosure requirements
         imposed on the Company under the Securities Act in connection with
         the Registration Statement would require disclosure of the Company
         Activity; or

                        (ii) any period during which the Company is
         offering or selling shares of its capital stock pursuant to a
         registration statement (other than a registration statement on
         Form S-4 or Form S-8, or any successor Form) filed with the SEC
         under the Securities Act (with such period to begin three weeks
         prior to the date established in good faith by the Company as its



                                       - 47 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         target date for the pricing of such offering and terminate upon
         the closing of (or decision to abandon) the sale of such shares).

                   AT&T hereby covenants that it will not offer or sell any
         Warrant Shares pursuant to any prospectus during the period
         commencing at the time at which the Company gives it notice of the
         suspension of the use of said prospectus and ending at the time
         the Company gives it notice that AT&T may thereafter effect sales
         pursuant to said prospectus.

                   (g)  Allocation of Expenses.  The Company shall pay all
         Registration Expenses of any registration under this Section 7.
         The term "Registration Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred
         by the Company in complying with the registration provisions of
         this Setion 7, including without limitation all registration and
         filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, fees and
         expenses of counsel for the Company and state "Blue Sky" fees and
         expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts, selling
         commissions and the fees and expenses of AT&T's own counsel.

                   (h)  Indemnification.  

                        (i)  In the event of registration of the Warrant
         Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the
         Company will indemnify and hold harmless AT&T, each underwriter of
         such Warrant Shares, and each other person, if any, who controls
         AT&T or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act
         or the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or
         liabilities, joint or several, to which AT&T or such underwriter
         or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act,
         the Exchange Act, state securities or "Blue Sky" laws or
         otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
         (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
         untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
         contained in any Registration Statement under which such Warrant
         Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary
         prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration
         Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration
         Statement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
         alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated
         therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
         misleading; and the Company will reimburse AT&T and such
         underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any
         other expenses reasonably incurred by AT&T and such underwriter or
         controlling person in connection with investigating or defending
         any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,
         however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to
         the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises
         out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission made in
         such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or final



                                       - 48 -<PAGE>


<PAGE>


         prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon
         and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in
         writing, by or on behalf of AT&T or such underwriter or
         controlling person specifically for use in the preparation
         thereof.

                        (ii) In the event of registration of the Warrant
         Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, AT&T
         will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its
         directors and officers and each underwriter (if any) and each
         person, if any, who controls the Company or any such underwriter
         within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act,
         against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
         several, to which the Company, such directors and officers,
         underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the
         Securities Act, Exchange Act, state securities or "Blue Sky" laws
         or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
         liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are
         based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
         material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which
         such Warrant Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any
         preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the
         Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the
         Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any
         omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to
         be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
         misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon
         and in conformity with information relating to AT&T and furnished
         in writing to the Company by or on behalf of AT&T specifically for
         use in connection with the preparation of such Registration
         Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement; provided, however,
         that the obligations of AT&T hereunder shall be limited to an
         amount equal to the proceeds to AT&T of the Warrant Shares sold in
         connection with such registration.

                        (iii) Each party entitled to indemnification under
         this Section 7(h) (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to
         the party required to provide indemnification (the "Indemnifying
         Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge
         of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit
         the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or
         any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, that counsel for the
         Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or
         litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose
         approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); and, provided,
         further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice
         as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its
         obligations under this Section 7(h).  The Indemnified Party may
         participate in such defense at such party's expense; provided,
         however, that the Indemnifying Party shall pay such expense if



                                       - 49 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained
         by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or
         potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and
         any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding.
         No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or
         litigation shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified
         Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any
         settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof
         the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party
         of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or
         litigation, and no Indemnified Party shall consent to entry of any
         judgment or settle such claim or litigation without the prior
         written consent of the Indemnifying Party.

                   (i)  Information by AT&T.  AT&T shall furnish to the
         Company such information regarding AT&T and the distribution
         proposed by AT&T as the Company may reasonably request in
         connection with, and otherwise cooperate with the Company in the
         filing of, any registration, qualification or compliance referred
         to in this Agreement.

                   (j)  Transfers of Rights.  None of the rights set forth
         in this Section 7 may be transferred or assigned, whether
         voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written
         consent of the Company. 

              8.   Replacement of Warrant.  Upon receipt of evidence
         reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft,
         destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of
         loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity
         agreement (with surety if reasonably required) in an amount
         reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of
         mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the
         Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor. 

              9.   Mailing of Notices.  All notices and other
         communications in connection herewith from the Company to AT&T
         shall be mailed by first-class certified or registered mail,
         postage prepaid, to the address furnished to the Company in
         writing by AT&T.  All notices and other communications from AT&T
         in connection herewith to the Company shall be mailed by first-
         class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the
         address furnished to AT&T in writing by the Company.  

             10.   No Rights as Stockholder.  Until the exercise of this
         Warrant, AT&T shall not have or exercise any rights by virtue
         hereof as a stockholder of the Company. 



                                    -50-<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                    

             11.   Change or Waiver.  Any term of this Warrant may be
         changed or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the
         party against which enforcement of the change or waiver is sought.  

             12.   Headings.  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes
         of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
         meaning of any provision of this Warrant. 

             13.   Governing Law.  This Warrant will be governed by and
         construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. 


                                       BOSTON TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                                       By:    \s\ John C.W. Taylor           
                                              _________________________
                                       Title: President and CEO
                                                                        

         AGREED:


         AT&T CORPORATION 


         By:    \s\ Waring Partridge       
                ________________________
         Title: Vice President, Multimedia
                Messaging and Wireless Services

                                                                EXHIBIT I


                                    PURCHASE FORM


         To:  Boston Technology, Inc.                 Dated:______________


              The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the
         attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to purchase _____
         shares of the Common Stock covered by such Warrant.  The
         undersigned herewith makes payment of $____________, representing
         the full purchase price for such shares at the price per share








                                       - 51 -<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         provided for in such Warrant.  Such payment takes the form of
         (check applicable box or boxes):

               ___
              |___|     $_________ by wire transfer, bank check or other
                        method acceptable to Boston Technology, Inc.,
                        and/or
               ___
              |___|     the cancellation of such portion of the attached
                        Warrant as is exercisable for a total of ______
                        Warrant Shares (using a Fair Market Value of
                        $_______ per share for purposes of this
                        calculation).



                                       AT&T CORPORATION 


                                       By:________________________________

                                       Title:_____________________________




























                                       - 52 -<PAGE>


<PAGE>
											       
                                                       							EXHIBIT 11

			
                       			    Boston Technology, Inc.

       Weighted Shares Used in Computation of Primary Earnings Per Share
                       			       (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 					       For the Year Ended January 31,
                                  					       1996         1995        1994
                                  					       ____         ____        ____

<S>                                           <C>          <C>         <C>
Common stock outstanding, beginning       
   of period                                  24,759       24,217      23,603
 
Weighted average common stock issued during
   the twelve months ended January 31,           394          228         214

Repurchase of treasury stock                    (294)          --          --

Weighted average common stock equivalents         --        2,663       2,363
 
Weighted average shares acquired using
   the treasury stock method                      --       (1,357)     (1,073)  
                                   					      ______       ______      ______
Weighted average shares common 
   stock outstanding                          24,859       25,751      25,107


</TABLE>
Primary and fully diluted earnings per share are the same for all periods
presented.


(a) Weighted average common stock equivalents and treasury shares acquired
    under the treasury stock method were not considered in the January 31, 1996
    calculation since they would be anti-dilutive.
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 29,
1996 on our audits of the consolidated financial statements of Boston 
Technology, Inc. as of January 31, 1996 and 1995, and for the years ended 
January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 which report is included in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed Registration 
Statements on Form S-8, File Nos. 33-35135, 33-42808, 33-52298, 33-52296,
33-80734, 33-80720, 33-60703 and 33-60707.


                                             By /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
                                                    ------------------------
                                                    Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

Boston, Massachusetts
April 26, 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-31-1996
<CASH>                                          13,929
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   30,446
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,554
<INVENTORY>                                     16,951
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                68,559
<PP&E>                                          27,021
<DEPRECIATION>                                  16,424
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  84,661
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           29,930
<BONDS>                                              0
<COMMON>                                            25
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                      54,289
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    84,661
<SALES>                                        105,267
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               105,267
<CGS>                                           41,087
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   41,087
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                79,969
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   997
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 165
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (14,785)
<INCOME-TAX>                                       105
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (14,890)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (14,890)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.60)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.60)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission